1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 784 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1539 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1540 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1541 return false; 1542 1543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1544 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1548 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1549 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1550 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1551 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1552 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1553 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1554 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1555 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1556 return false; 1557 } 1558 } 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1563 } 1564 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 1568 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1569 FixItHint &Hint) { 1570 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1571 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1572 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1573 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1574 return; 1575 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1576 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1581 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1582 return; 1583 1584 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1585 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1586 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1587 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1588 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1589 } 1590 } 1591 1592 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1593 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1594 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1595 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1596 return; 1597 1598 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1599 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1600 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1601 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1602 return; 1603 } 1604 1605 FixItHint Hint; 1606 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1607 1608 unsigned DiagID; 1609 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1610 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1611 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1613 else 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1615 1616 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1617 } 1618 1619 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1620 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1621 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1622 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1623 // MS inline assembly label name. 1624 bool Diagnose = false; 1625 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1626 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1627 else 1628 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1629 if (Diagnose) 1630 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1631 } 1632 1633 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1634 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1635 1636 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1637 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1638 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1639 1640 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1641 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1642 1643 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1644 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1645 1646 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1647 1648 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1649 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1650 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1651 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1652 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1653 } 1654 1655 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1656 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1657 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1658 1659 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1660 // already. 1661 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1662 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1663 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1664 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1665 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1666 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1668 } 1669 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1675 /// 1676 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1677 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1678 /// to the fixed name. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1681 /// 1682 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1683 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1684 /// 1685 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1686 /// class could not be found. 1687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1688 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1689 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1690 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1691 // creation from this context. 1692 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1693 1694 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1695 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1696 // find an Objective-C class name. 1697 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1698 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1699 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1700 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1701 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1702 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1703 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1704 } 1705 } 1706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1707 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1708 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1709 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1710 return Def; 1711 } 1712 1713 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1714 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1715 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1716 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1717 /// ill-formed in C++: 1718 /// @code 1719 /// struct S6 { 1720 /// enum { BAR } e; 1721 /// }; 1722 /// 1723 /// void test_S6() { 1724 /// struct S6 a; 1725 /// a.e = BAR; 1726 /// } 1727 /// @endcode 1728 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1729 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1730 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1731 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1732 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1733 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1734 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1735 /// contain non-field names. 1736 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1737 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1738 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1739 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1740 S = S->getParent(); 1741 return S; 1742 } 1743 1744 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1745 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1746 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1747 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1748 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1749 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1750 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1751 return; 1752 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1753 1754 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1755 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1756 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1757 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1758 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1759 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1760 } 1761 1762 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1763 switch (Error) { 1764 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1765 return ""; 1766 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1767 return "stdio.h"; 1768 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1769 return "setjmp.h"; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1771 return "ucontext.h"; 1772 } 1773 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1774 } 1775 1776 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1777 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1778 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1779 /// built-in. 1780 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1781 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1782 SourceLocation Loc) { 1783 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1784 1785 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1786 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1787 if (Error) { 1788 if (ForRedeclaration) 1789 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1790 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1791 return nullptr; 1792 } 1793 1794 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1795 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1796 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1797 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1798 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1799 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1800 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1801 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1802 } 1803 1804 if (R.isNull()) 1805 return nullptr; 1806 1807 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1808 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1809 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1810 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1811 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1812 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1813 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1814 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1815 } 1816 1817 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1818 Parent, 1819 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1820 SC_Extern, 1821 false, 1822 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1823 New->setImplicit(); 1824 1825 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1826 // FunctionDecl. 1827 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1828 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1829 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1830 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1831 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1832 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1833 SC_None, nullptr); 1834 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1835 Params.push_back(parm); 1836 } 1837 New->setParams(Params); 1838 } 1839 1840 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1841 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1842 1843 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1844 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1845 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1846 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1847 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1848 CurContext = Parent; 1849 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1850 CurContext = SavedContext; 1851 return New; 1852 } 1853 1854 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1855 /// entity if their types are the same. 1856 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1857 /// isSameEntity. 1858 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1859 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1860 LookupResult &Previous) { 1861 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1862 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1863 return; 1864 1865 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1866 if (Previous.empty()) 1867 return; 1868 1869 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1870 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1871 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1872 1873 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1874 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1875 continue; 1876 1877 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1878 // different linkages. 1879 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1880 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1881 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1882 continue; 1883 1884 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1885 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1886 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1887 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1888 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1889 continue; 1890 } 1891 1892 Filter.erase(); 1893 } 1894 1895 Filter.done(); 1896 } 1897 1898 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1899 QualType OldType; 1900 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1901 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1902 else 1903 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1904 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1905 1906 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1907 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1908 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1910 << Kind << NewType; 1911 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1912 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1913 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1914 return true; 1915 } 1916 1917 if (OldType != NewType && 1918 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1919 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1920 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1921 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1923 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1924 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1925 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1926 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1927 return true; 1928 } 1929 return false; 1930 } 1931 1932 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1933 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1934 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1935 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1936 /// 1937 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1938 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1939 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1940 // merging checks. 1941 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1942 1943 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1944 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1945 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1946 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1947 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1948 default: break; 1949 case 2: 1950 { 1951 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1952 break; 1953 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1954 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1955 break; 1956 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1957 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1958 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1959 break; 1960 } 1961 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1962 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1963 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1964 return; 1965 } 1966 case 5: 1967 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1968 break; 1969 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1970 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1971 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1972 return; 1973 case 3: 1974 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1975 break; 1976 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1977 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1978 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1979 return; 1980 } 1981 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1982 } 1983 1984 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1985 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1986 if (!Old) { 1987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1988 << New->getDeclName(); 1989 1990 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1991 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1992 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1993 1994 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1995 } 1996 1997 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1998 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1999 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2000 2001 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2002 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2003 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2004 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2006 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2007 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2008 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2009 // instead of our tag. 2010 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2011 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2012 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2013 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2014 else 2015 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2016 2017 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2018 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2019 2020 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2021 // out of the scope. 2022 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2023 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2024 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2025 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2026 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2027 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2028 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2029 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2030 } 2031 } 2032 } 2033 } 2034 2035 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2036 // with any extensions enabled. 2037 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2038 return; 2039 2040 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2041 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2042 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2043 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2044 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2045 } 2046 2047 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2048 return; 2049 2050 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2051 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2052 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2053 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2054 // to the type to which it already refers. 2055 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2056 return; 2057 2058 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2059 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2060 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2061 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2062 // 2063 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2064 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2065 // 2066 // struct S { 2067 // typedef struct A { } A; 2068 // }; 2069 // 2070 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2071 // allow the above but disallow 2072 // 2073 // struct S { 2074 // typedef int I; 2075 // typedef int I; 2076 // }; 2077 // 2078 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2079 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2080 return; 2081 2082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2083 << New->getDeclName(); 2084 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2085 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2086 } 2087 2088 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2089 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2090 return; 2091 2092 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2093 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2094 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2095 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2096 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2097 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2098 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2099 return; 2100 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2102 << New->getDeclName(); 2103 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2104 } 2105 2106 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2107 /// attribute. 2108 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2109 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2110 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2111 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2112 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2113 if (Ann) { 2114 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2115 return true; 2116 continue; 2117 } 2118 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2119 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2120 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2121 return true; 2122 } 2123 2124 return false; 2125 } 2126 2127 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2128 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2129 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2130 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2131 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2132 return true; 2133 } 2134 2135 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2136 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2137 /// 2138 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2139 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2140 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2141 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2142 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2143 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2144 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2145 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2146 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2147 // in a case like: 2148 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2149 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2150 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2151 // definition in such a case. 2152 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2153 return false; 2154 2155 if (I->isAlignas()) 2156 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2157 2158 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2159 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2160 OldAlign = Align; 2161 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2162 } 2163 } 2164 2165 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2166 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2167 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2168 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2169 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2170 return false; 2171 2172 if (I->isAlignas()) 2173 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2174 2175 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2176 if (Align > NewAlign) 2177 NewAlign = Align; 2178 } 2179 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2181 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2182 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2183 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2184 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2185 2186 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2187 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2188 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2189 QualType Ty; 2190 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2191 Ty = VD->getType(); 2192 else 2193 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2194 2195 if (OldAlign == 0) 2196 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2197 if (NewAlign == 0) 2198 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2199 } 2200 2201 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2202 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2203 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2204 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2205 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 2209 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2210 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2211 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2212 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2213 // equivalent alignment. 2214 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2215 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2216 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2217 // have no alignment specifier. 2218 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2219 << OldAlignasAttr; 2220 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2221 << OldAlignasAttr; 2222 } 2223 2224 bool AnyAdded = false; 2225 2226 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2227 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2228 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2229 Clone->setInherited(true); 2230 New->addAttr(Clone); 2231 AnyAdded = true; 2232 } 2233 2234 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2235 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2236 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2237 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2238 Clone->setInherited(true); 2239 New->addAttr(Clone); 2240 AnyAdded = true; 2241 } 2242 2243 return AnyAdded; 2244 } 2245 2246 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2247 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2248 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2249 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2251 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2252 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2253 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2254 AA->getDeprecated(), 2255 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2256 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2257 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2258 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2259 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2260 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2261 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2262 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2263 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2264 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2265 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2266 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2267 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2268 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2269 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2270 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2271 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2272 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2273 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2274 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2275 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2276 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2277 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2278 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2279 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2280 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2281 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2282 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2283 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2284 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2285 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2286 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2287 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2288 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2289 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2290 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2291 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2292 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2293 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2294 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2295 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2296 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2297 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2298 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2299 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2300 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2301 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2302 NewAttr = nullptr; 2303 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2304 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2305 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2306 NewAttr = nullptr; 2307 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2308 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2309 2310 if (NewAttr) { 2311 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2312 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2313 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2314 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2315 return true; 2316 } 2317 2318 return false; 2319 } 2320 2321 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2322 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2323 return TD->getDefinition(); 2324 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2325 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2326 if (Def) 2327 return Def; 2328 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2329 } 2330 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2331 return FD->getDefinition(); 2332 return nullptr; 2333 } 2334 2335 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2336 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2337 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2338 return true; 2339 return false; 2340 } 2341 2342 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2343 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2344 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2345 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2346 return; 2347 2348 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2349 if (!Def || Def == New) 2350 return; 2351 2352 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2353 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2354 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2355 2356 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2357 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2358 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2359 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2360 2361 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2362 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2363 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2364 --E; 2365 continue; 2366 } 2367 } else { 2368 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2369 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2370 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2371 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2372 : diag::err_redefinition; 2373 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2374 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2375 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2376 } 2377 ++I; 2378 continue; 2379 } 2380 2381 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2382 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2383 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2384 ++I; 2385 continue; 2386 } 2387 } 2388 2389 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2390 ++I; 2391 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2392 } 2393 2394 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2395 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2396 ++I; 2397 continue; 2398 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2399 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2400 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2401 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2402 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2403 // equivalent alignment. 2404 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2405 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2406 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2407 // have no alignment specifier. 2408 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2409 << AA; 2410 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2411 << AA; 2412 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2413 --E; 2414 continue; 2415 } 2416 } 2417 2418 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2419 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2420 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2421 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2422 --E; 2423 } 2424 } 2425 2426 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2427 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2428 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2429 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2430 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2431 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2432 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2433 } 2434 2435 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2436 return; 2437 2438 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2439 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2440 2441 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2442 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2443 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2444 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2446 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2447 } 2448 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2449 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2450 // already been ODR-used. 2451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2452 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2453 } 2454 } 2455 2456 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2457 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2458 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2459 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2460 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2461 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2462 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2463 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2464 << NewTag; 2465 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2466 } 2467 } 2468 } else { 2469 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2470 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2471 } 2472 } 2473 2474 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2475 return; 2476 2477 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2478 2479 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2480 // we process them. 2481 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2482 2483 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2484 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2485 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2486 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2487 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2488 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2489 switch (AMK) { 2490 case AMK_None: 2491 continue; 2492 2493 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2494 case AMK_Override: 2495 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2496 LocalAMK = AMK; 2497 break; 2498 } 2499 } 2500 2501 // Already handled. 2502 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2503 continue; 2504 2505 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2506 foundAny = true; 2507 } 2508 2509 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2510 foundAny = true; 2511 2512 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2513 } 2514 2515 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2516 /// to the new one. 2517 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2518 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2519 Sema &S) { 2520 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2521 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2522 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2523 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2524 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2525 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2526 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2527 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2528 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2529 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2530 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2531 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2532 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2533 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2534 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2535 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2536 } 2537 2538 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2539 return; 2540 2541 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2542 2543 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2544 // done before we process them. 2545 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2546 2547 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2548 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2549 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2550 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2551 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2552 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2553 foundAny = true; 2554 } 2555 } 2556 2557 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2558 } 2559 2560 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2561 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2562 Sema &S) { 2563 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2564 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2565 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2566 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2567 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2568 *Newnullability, 2569 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2570 != 0)) 2571 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2572 *Oldnullability, 2573 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2574 != 0)); 2575 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2576 } 2577 } else { 2578 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2579 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2580 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2581 NewT, NewT); 2582 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2583 } 2584 } 2585 } 2586 2587 namespace { 2588 2589 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2590 /// C. 2591 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2592 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2593 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2594 QualType PromotedType; 2595 }; 2596 2597 } // end anonymous namespace 2598 2599 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2600 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2601 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2602 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2603 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2604 2605 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2606 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2607 2608 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2609 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2610 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2611 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2612 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2613 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2614 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2615 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2616 } 2617 2618 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2619 } 2620 2621 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2622 // declaration, or a declaration. 2623 template <typename T> 2624 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2625 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2626 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2627 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2628 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2629 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2630 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2631 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2632 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2633 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2634 } else 2635 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2636 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2637 } 2638 2639 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2640 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2641 /// GNU89 mode. 2642 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2643 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2644 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2645 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2646 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2647 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2648 } 2649 2650 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2651 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2652 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2653 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2654 return AT; 2655 } 2656 2657 template <typename T> 2658 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2659 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2660 if (DC->isRecord()) 2661 return false; 2662 2663 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2664 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2665 return true; 2666 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2667 return true; 2668 return false; 2669 } 2670 2671 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2672 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2673 2674 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2675 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2676 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2677 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2678 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2679 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2680 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2681 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2682 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2683 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2684 // and function templates; or 2685 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2686 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2687 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2688 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2689 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2690 2691 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2692 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2693 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2694 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2695 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2696 2697 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2698 if (Old && 2699 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2700 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2701 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2702 Old = nullptr; 2703 2704 if (!Old) { 2705 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2706 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2707 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2708 return true; 2709 } 2710 return false; 2711 } 2712 2713 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2714 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2715 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2716 2717 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2718 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2719 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2720 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2721 return true; 2722 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2723 }; 2724 2725 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2726 } 2727 2728 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2729 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2730 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2731 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2732 /// 2733 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2734 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2735 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2736 /// merged with. 2737 /// 2738 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2739 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2740 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2741 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2742 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2743 if (!Old) { 2744 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2745 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2746 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2747 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2748 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2749 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2750 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2751 return true; 2752 } 2753 2754 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2755 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2756 return true; 2757 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2758 } else { 2759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2760 << New->getDeclName(); 2761 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2762 return true; 2763 } 2764 } 2765 2766 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2767 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2768 return true; 2769 2770 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2771 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2772 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2773 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2774 2775 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2776 // is an extern inline function. 2777 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2778 // storage classes. 2779 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2780 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2781 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2782 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2783 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2784 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2785 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2786 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2787 } else { 2788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2790 return true; 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2795 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2797 << New->getDeclName(); 2798 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2799 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2800 } 2801 2802 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2803 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2804 // convention of the first. 2805 // 2806 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2807 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2808 // 2809 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2810 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2811 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2812 // 2813 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2814 // other tests to run. 2815 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2816 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2817 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2818 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2819 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2820 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2821 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2822 2823 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2824 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2825 const FunctionType *FT = 2826 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2827 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2828 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2829 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2830 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2831 // there but not here. 2832 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2833 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2834 } else { 2835 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2836 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2838 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2839 << !FirstCCExplicit 2840 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2841 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2842 2843 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2844 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2845 return true; 2846 } 2847 } 2848 2849 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2850 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2851 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2852 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2853 } 2854 2855 // Merge regparm attribute. 2856 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2857 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2858 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2860 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2861 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2862 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2863 return true; 2864 } 2865 2866 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2867 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2868 } 2869 2870 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2871 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2872 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2873 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2874 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2875 return true; 2876 } 2877 2878 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2879 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2880 } 2881 2882 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2883 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2884 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2885 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2886 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2887 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2888 } 2889 2890 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2891 // UndefinedButUsed. 2892 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2893 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2894 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2895 Old->isUsed(false) && 2896 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2897 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2898 SourceLocation())); 2899 2900 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2901 // about it. 2902 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2903 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2904 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2905 } 2906 2907 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2908 // redeclaration. 2909 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2910 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2912 << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2914 return true; 2915 } 2916 2917 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2918 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2919 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2920 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2921 // cannot be overloaded. 2922 2923 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2924 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2925 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2926 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2927 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2928 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2929 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2930 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2931 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2932 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2933 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2934 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2935 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2936 QualType ResQT; 2937 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2938 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2939 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2940 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2941 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2942 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2943 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2944 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2946 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2947 else 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2949 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2950 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2951 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2952 return true; 2953 } 2954 else 2955 NewQType = ResQT; 2956 } 2957 2958 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2959 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2960 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2961 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2962 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2963 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2964 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2965 New->setType( 2966 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2967 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2968 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2969 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2970 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2971 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2972 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2977 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2978 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2979 // Preserve triviality. 2980 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2981 2982 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2983 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2984 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2985 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2986 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2987 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2988 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2989 2990 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2991 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2992 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2993 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2994 // is a static member function declaration. 2995 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2996 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2997 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2998 return true; 2999 } 3000 3001 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3002 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3003 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3004 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3005 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3006 unsigned NewDiag; 3007 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3008 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3009 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3010 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3011 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3012 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3013 else 3014 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3015 3016 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3017 } else { 3018 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3019 << New << New->getType(); 3020 } 3021 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3022 return true; 3023 3024 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3025 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3026 // 3027 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3028 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3029 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3030 if (isFriend) { 3031 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3032 } else { 3033 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3034 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3035 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3036 return true; 3037 } 3038 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3039 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3040 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3041 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3042 return true; 3043 } 3044 } 3045 3046 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3047 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3048 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3049 // attribute. 3050 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3051 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3052 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3053 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3054 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3055 } 3056 3057 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3058 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3059 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3060 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3061 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3062 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3063 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3064 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3065 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3066 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3067 } 3068 3069 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3070 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3071 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3072 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3073 3074 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3075 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3076 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3077 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3078 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3079 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3080 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3081 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3082 } 3083 3084 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3085 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3086 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3087 // 3088 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3089 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3090 // linkage within class scope. 3091 // 3092 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3093 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3094 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3095 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3096 } else { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3098 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3099 return true; 3100 } 3101 } 3102 3103 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3104 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3105 3106 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3107 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3108 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3109 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3110 // when we instantiate the function. 3111 return false; 3112 } 3113 3114 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3115 } 3116 3117 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3118 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3120 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3121 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3122 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3123 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3124 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3125 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3126 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3127 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3128 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3129 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3130 NewQType = 3131 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3132 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3133 New->setType(NewQType); 3134 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3135 3136 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3137 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3138 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3139 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3140 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3141 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3142 SC_None, nullptr); 3143 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3144 Param->setImplicit(); 3145 Params.push_back(Param); 3146 } 3147 3148 New->setParams(Params); 3149 } 3150 3151 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3152 } 3153 3154 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3155 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3156 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3157 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3158 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3159 // the prototype. 3160 // 3161 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3162 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3163 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3164 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3165 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3166 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3167 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3168 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3169 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3170 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3171 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3172 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3173 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3174 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3175 3176 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3177 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3178 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3179 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3180 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3181 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3182 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3183 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3184 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3185 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3186 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3187 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3188 NewParm->getType(), 3189 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3190 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3191 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3192 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3193 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3194 } else 3195 LooseCompatible = false; 3196 } 3197 3198 if (LooseCompatible) { 3199 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3200 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3201 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3202 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3203 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3204 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3205 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3206 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3207 } 3208 3209 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3210 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3211 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3212 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3213 } 3214 3215 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3216 } 3217 3218 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3219 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3220 3221 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3222 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3223 unsigned BuiltinID; 3224 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3225 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3226 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3227 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3229 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3230 << Old << Old->getType(); 3231 3232 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3233 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3234 // 3235 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3236 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3237 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3238 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3239 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3240 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3241 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3242 3243 return false; 3244 } 3245 3246 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3247 } 3248 3249 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3250 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3251 return true; 3252 } 3253 3254 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3255 /// known to be compatible. 3256 /// 3257 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3258 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3259 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3260 /// redeclaration of Old. 3261 /// 3262 /// \returns false 3263 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3264 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3265 // Merge the attributes 3266 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3267 3268 // Merge "pure" flag. 3269 if (Old->isPure()) 3270 New->setPure(); 3271 3272 // Merge "used" flag. 3273 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3274 New->setIsUsed(); 3275 3276 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3277 // declarations. 3278 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3279 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3280 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3281 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3282 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3283 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3284 } 3285 3286 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3287 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3288 3289 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3290 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3291 // was visible. 3292 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3293 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3294 New->setType(Merged); 3295 3296 return false; 3297 } 3298 3299 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3300 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3301 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3302 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3303 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3304 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3305 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3306 : AMK_Override; 3307 3308 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3309 3310 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3311 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3312 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3313 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3314 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3315 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3316 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3317 3318 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3319 } 3320 3321 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3322 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3323 3324 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3325 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3326 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3327 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3328 3329 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3330 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3331 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3332 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3333 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3334 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3335 } 3336 3337 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3338 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3339 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3340 /// 3341 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3342 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3343 /// is attached. 3344 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3345 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3346 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3347 return; 3348 3349 QualType MergedT; 3350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3351 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3352 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3353 return; 3354 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3355 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3356 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3357 } 3358 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3359 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3360 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3361 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3362 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3363 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3364 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3365 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3366 3367 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3368 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3369 // mismatch. 3370 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3371 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3372 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3373 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3374 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3375 continue; 3376 3377 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3378 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3379 } 3380 } 3381 3382 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3383 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3384 NewArray->getElementType())) 3385 MergedT = New->getType(); 3386 } 3387 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3388 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3389 // visible. 3390 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3391 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3392 NewArray->getElementType())) 3393 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3394 } 3395 } 3396 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3397 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3398 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3399 Old->getType()); 3400 } 3401 } else { 3402 // C 6.2.7p2: 3403 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3404 // compatible type. 3405 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3406 } 3407 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3408 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3409 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3410 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3411 // equivalent. 3412 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3413 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3414 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3415 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3416 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3417 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3418 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3419 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3420 return; 3421 } 3422 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3423 } 3424 3425 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3426 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3427 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3428 New->setType(MergedT); 3429 } 3430 3431 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3432 LookupResult &Previous) { 3433 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3434 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3435 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3436 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3437 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3438 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3439 // 3440 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3441 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3442 return false; 3443 3444 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3445 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3446 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3447 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3448 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3449 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3450 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3451 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3452 } else { 3453 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3454 // type unless we're in the same function. 3455 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3456 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3457 } 3458 } 3459 3460 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3461 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3462 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3463 /// 3464 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3465 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3466 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3467 /// 3468 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3469 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3470 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3471 return; 3472 3473 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3474 return; 3475 3476 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3477 3478 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3479 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3480 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3481 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3482 if (NewTemplate) { 3483 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3484 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3485 3486 if (auto *Shadow = 3487 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3488 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3489 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3490 } else { 3491 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3492 3493 if (auto *Shadow = 3494 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3495 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3496 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3497 } 3498 } 3499 if (!Old) { 3500 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3501 << New->getDeclName(); 3502 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3503 diag::note_previous_definition); 3504 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3505 } 3506 3507 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3508 if (NewTemplate && 3509 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3510 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3511 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3512 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3513 3514 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3515 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3516 // 3517 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3518 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3520 << New->getIdentifier(); 3521 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3522 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3523 } 3524 3525 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3526 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3527 // declaration 3528 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3529 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3530 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3531 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3532 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3533 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3534 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3535 } 3536 3537 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3538 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3540 << New->getDeclName(); 3541 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3542 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3543 } 3544 3545 // Merge the types. 3546 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3547 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3548 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3549 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3550 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3551 return; 3552 } 3553 3554 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3555 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3556 return; 3557 3558 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3559 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3560 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3561 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3562 3563 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3564 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3565 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3566 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3567 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3569 << New->getDeclName(); 3570 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3571 } else { 3572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3573 << New->getDeclName(); 3574 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3575 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3576 } 3577 } 3578 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3579 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3580 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3581 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3582 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3583 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3584 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3585 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3586 // identifier has external linkage. 3587 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3588 /* Okay */; 3589 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3590 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3591 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3593 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3594 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3595 } 3596 3597 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3598 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3599 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3601 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3602 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3603 } 3604 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3605 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3606 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3607 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3608 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3609 } 3610 3611 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3612 3613 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3614 // need to check for mismatches. 3615 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3616 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3617 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3618 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3619 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3620 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3621 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3622 } 3623 3624 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3625 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3626 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3627 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3628 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3630 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3631 } 3632 } 3633 3634 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3635 // UndefinedButUsed. 3636 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3637 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3638 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3639 SourceLocation())); 3640 3641 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3642 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3644 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3645 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3646 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3647 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3648 } else { 3649 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3650 // static and dynamic initialization. 3651 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3652 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3653 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3654 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3655 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3656 } 3657 } 3658 3659 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3660 VarDecl *Def; 3661 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3662 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3663 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3664 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3665 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3666 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3667 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3668 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3669 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3670 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3671 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3672 } else if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && 3673 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3674 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3675 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3676 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3677 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3678 } else { 3679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3680 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3681 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3682 return; 3683 } 3684 } 3685 3686 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3687 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3688 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3689 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3690 return; 3691 } 3692 3693 // Merge "used" flag. 3694 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3695 New->setIsUsed(); 3696 3697 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3698 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3699 if (NewTemplate) 3700 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3701 3702 // Inherit access appropriately. 3703 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3704 if (NewTemplate) 3705 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3706 3707 if (Old->isInline()) 3708 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3709 } 3710 3711 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3712 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3713 Decl * 3714 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3715 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3716 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3717 AnonRecord); 3718 } 3719 3720 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3721 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3722 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3723 // compatibility. 3724 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3725 // targeted. 3726 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3727 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3728 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3729 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3730 } 3731 3732 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3733 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3734 return; 3735 3736 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3737 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3738 // it is anonymous. 3739 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3740 return; 3741 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3742 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3743 Context.setManglingNumber( 3744 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3745 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3746 return; 3747 } 3748 3749 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3750 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3751 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3752 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3753 Context.setManglingNumber( 3754 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3755 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3756 } 3757 } 3758 3759 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3760 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3761 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3762 return; 3763 3764 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3765 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3766 return; 3767 3768 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3769 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3770 3771 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3772 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3773 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3775 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3776 return; 3777 } 3778 3779 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3780 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3781 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3782 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3783 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3784 // for how to handle it. 3785 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3786 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3787 3788 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3789 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3790 3791 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3792 textToInsert += ' '; 3793 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3794 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3795 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3796 return; 3797 } 3798 3799 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3800 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3801 } 3802 3803 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3804 switch (T) { 3805 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3806 return 0; 3807 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3808 return 1; 3809 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3810 return 2; 3811 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3812 return 3; 3813 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3814 return 4; 3815 default: 3816 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3817 } 3818 } 3819 3820 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3821 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3822 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3823 Decl * 3824 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3825 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3826 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3827 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3828 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3829 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3830 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3831 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3832 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3833 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3834 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3835 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3836 3837 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3838 return nullptr; 3839 3840 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3841 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3842 // it's a Type. 3843 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3844 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3845 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3846 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3847 } 3848 3849 if (Tag) { 3850 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3851 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3852 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3853 return Tag; 3854 } 3855 3856 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3857 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3858 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3859 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3860 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3861 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3862 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3863 } 3864 3865 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3866 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3867 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3868 3869 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3870 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3871 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3872 if (Tag) 3873 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3874 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3875 else 3876 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3877 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3878 return TagD; 3879 } 3880 3881 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3882 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3883 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3884 // its initializer. 3885 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3886 return TagD; 3887 } 3888 3889 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3890 3891 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3892 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3893 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3894 if (TagD && !Tag) 3895 return nullptr; 3896 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3897 } 3898 3899 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3900 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3901 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3902 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3903 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3904 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3905 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3906 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3907 // or an explicit specialization. 3908 // 3909 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3910 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3911 // 3912 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3913 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3914 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3915 return nullptr; 3916 } 3917 3918 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3919 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3920 3921 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3922 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3923 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3924 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3926 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3927 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3928 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3929 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3930 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3931 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3932 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3933 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3934 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3935 AnonRecord = Record; 3936 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3937 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3938 } 3939 3940 DeclaresAnything = false; 3941 } 3942 } 3943 3944 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3945 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3946 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3947 // 3948 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3949 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3950 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3951 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3952 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3953 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3954 // struct STRUCT; 3955 // union UNION; 3956 // and 3957 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3958 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3959 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3960 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3961 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3962 if (Tag) 3963 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3964 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3965 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3966 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3967 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3968 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3969 3970 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3971 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3972 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3973 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3974 } 3975 3976 DeclaresAnything = false; 3977 } 3978 } 3979 3980 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3981 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3982 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3983 return TagD; 3984 3985 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3986 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3987 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3988 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3989 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3990 DeclaresAnything = false; 3991 3992 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3993 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3994 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3995 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3996 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3997 else 3998 DeclaresAnything = false; 3999 } 4000 4001 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4002 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4003 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4004 << Tag->getTagKind() 4005 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4006 4007 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4008 4009 // C 6.7/2: 4010 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4011 // or the members of an enumeration. 4012 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4013 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4014 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4015 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4016 // previous declaration. 4017 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4018 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4019 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4020 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4021 return TagD; 4022 } 4023 4024 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4025 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4026 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4027 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4028 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4029 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4030 // 4031 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4032 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4034 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4035 4036 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4037 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4038 // useless. 4039 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4040 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4041 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4042 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4043 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4044 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4045 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4046 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4047 } 4048 4049 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4050 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4051 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4052 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4053 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4054 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4055 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4056 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4057 // Restrict is covered above. 4058 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4059 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4060 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4061 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4062 } 4063 4064 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4065 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4066 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4067 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4068 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4069 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4070 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4071 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4072 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4073 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4074 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4075 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4076 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4077 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4078 } 4079 } 4080 4081 return TagD; 4082 } 4083 4084 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4085 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4086 /// 4087 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4088 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4089 Scope *S, 4090 DeclContext *Owner, 4091 DeclarationName Name, 4092 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4093 bool IsUnion) { 4094 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4095 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4096 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4097 4098 // Pick a representative declaration. 4099 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4100 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4101 4102 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4103 return false; 4104 4105 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4106 << IsUnion << Name; 4107 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4108 4109 return true; 4110 } 4111 4112 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4113 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4114 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4115 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4116 /// struct, e.g., 4117 /// 4118 /// @code 4119 /// union { 4120 /// int i; 4121 /// float f; 4122 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4123 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4124 /// @endcode 4125 /// 4126 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4127 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4128 static bool 4129 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4130 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4131 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4132 bool Invalid = false; 4133 4134 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4135 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4136 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4137 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4138 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4139 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4140 VD->getLocation(), 4141 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4142 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4143 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4144 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4145 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4146 Invalid = true; 4147 } else { 4148 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4149 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4150 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4151 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4152 // anonymous union is declared. 4153 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4154 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4155 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4156 else 4157 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4158 4159 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4160 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4161 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4162 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4163 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4164 4165 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4166 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4167 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4168 4169 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4170 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4171 4172 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4173 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4174 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4175 4176 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4177 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4178 4179 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4180 } 4181 } 4182 } 4183 4184 return Invalid; 4185 } 4186 4187 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4188 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4189 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4190 static StorageClass 4191 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4192 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4193 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4194 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4195 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4196 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4197 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4198 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4199 return SC_None; 4200 return SC_Extern; 4201 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4202 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4203 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4204 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4205 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4206 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4207 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4208 } 4209 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4210 } 4211 4212 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4213 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4214 4215 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4216 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4217 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4218 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4219 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4220 return FD->getLocation(); 4221 } 4222 4223 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4224 } 4225 4226 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4227 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4228 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4229 return; 4230 4231 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4232 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4233 } 4234 4235 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4236 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4237 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4238 return; 4239 4240 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4241 } 4242 4243 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4244 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4245 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4246 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4247 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4248 AccessSpecifier AS, 4249 RecordDecl *Record, 4250 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4251 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4252 4253 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4254 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4255 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4256 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4257 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4258 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4259 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4260 4261 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4262 // structs/unions. 4263 bool Invalid = false; 4264 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4265 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4266 unsigned DiagID; 4267 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4268 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4269 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4270 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4271 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4272 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4273 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4274 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4275 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4276 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4277 4278 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4279 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4280 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4281 } 4282 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4283 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4284 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4285 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4286 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4287 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4288 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4289 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4290 4291 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4292 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4293 SourceLocation(), 4294 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4295 } 4296 } 4297 4298 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4299 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4300 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4301 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4302 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4303 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4304 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4305 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4306 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4307 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4309 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4310 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4311 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4312 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4313 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4314 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4315 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4316 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4317 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4318 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4319 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4320 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4321 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4322 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4323 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4324 4325 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4326 } 4327 4328 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4329 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4330 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4331 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4332 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4333 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4334 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4335 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4336 // members (clause 11). 4337 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4338 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4339 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4340 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4341 Invalid = true; 4342 } 4343 4344 // C++ [class.union]p1 4345 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4346 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4347 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4348 // array of such objects. 4349 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4350 Invalid = true; 4351 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4352 // Any implicit members are fine. 4353 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4354 // This is a type that showed up in an 4355 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4356 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4357 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4358 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4359 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4360 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4361 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4362 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4363 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4364 << Record->isUnion(); 4365 else { 4366 // This is a nested type declaration. 4367 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4368 << Record->isUnion(); 4369 Invalid = true; 4370 } 4371 } else { 4372 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4373 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4374 // not part of standard C++. 4375 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4376 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4377 << Record->isUnion(); 4378 } 4379 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4380 // Any access specifier is fine. 4381 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4382 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4383 } else { 4384 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4385 // member. Complain about it. 4386 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4388 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4389 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4390 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4391 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4392 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4393 4394 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4395 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4396 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4397 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4398 << Record->isUnion(); 4399 else { 4400 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4401 Invalid = true; 4402 } 4403 } 4404 } 4405 4406 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4407 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4408 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4409 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4410 Owner->isRecord()) 4411 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4412 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4413 } 4414 4415 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4416 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4417 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4418 Invalid = true; 4419 } 4420 4421 // Mock up a declarator. 4422 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4424 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4425 4426 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4427 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4428 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4429 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4430 DS.getLocStart(), 4431 Record->getLocation(), 4432 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4433 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4434 TInfo, 4435 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4436 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4437 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4439 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4440 } else { 4441 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4442 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4443 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4444 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4445 // an error here 4446 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4447 Invalid = true; 4448 SC = SC_None; 4449 } 4450 4451 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4452 DS.getLocStart(), 4453 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4454 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4455 TInfo, SC); 4456 4457 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4458 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4459 // initializer: 4460 // union { int n = 0; }; 4461 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4462 } 4463 Anon->setImplicit(); 4464 4465 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4466 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4467 4468 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4469 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4470 // its members. 4471 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4472 4473 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4474 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4475 // purposes. 4476 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4477 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4478 4479 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4480 Invalid = true; 4481 4482 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4484 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4485 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4486 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4487 Context.setManglingNumber( 4488 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4489 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4490 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4491 } 4492 } 4493 } 4494 4495 if (Invalid) 4496 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4497 4498 return Anon; 4499 } 4500 4501 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4502 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4503 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4504 /// Example: 4505 /// 4506 /// struct A { int a; }; 4507 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4508 /// 4509 /// void foo() { 4510 /// B var; 4511 /// var.a = 3; 4512 /// } 4513 /// 4514 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4515 RecordDecl *Record) { 4516 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4517 4518 // Mock up a declarator. 4519 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4520 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4521 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4522 4523 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4524 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4525 4526 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4527 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4528 ParentDecl, 4529 DS.getLocStart(), 4530 DS.getLocStart(), 4531 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4532 RecTy, 4533 TInfo, 4534 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Anon->setImplicit(); 4537 4538 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4539 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4540 4541 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4542 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4543 // purposes. 4544 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4545 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4546 4547 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4548 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4549 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4550 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4551 AS_none, Chain)) { 4552 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4553 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4554 } 4555 4556 return Anon; 4557 } 4558 4559 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4560 /// given Declarator. 4561 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4562 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4563 } 4564 4565 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4566 DeclarationNameInfo 4567 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4568 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4569 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4570 4571 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4572 4573 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4574 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4575 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4576 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4577 return NameInfo; 4578 4579 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4580 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4581 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4582 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4583 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4584 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4585 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4586 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4587 return NameInfo; 4588 4589 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4590 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4591 Name.Identifier)); 4592 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4593 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4594 return NameInfo; 4595 4596 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4597 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4598 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4599 if (Ty.isNull()) 4600 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4601 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4602 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4603 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4604 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4605 return NameInfo; 4606 } 4607 4608 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4609 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4610 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4611 if (Ty.isNull()) 4612 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4613 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4614 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4615 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4616 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4617 return NameInfo; 4618 } 4619 4620 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4621 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4622 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4623 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4624 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4625 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4626 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4627 4628 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4629 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4630 4631 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4632 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4633 // was qualified. 4634 4635 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4636 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4637 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4638 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4639 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4640 return NameInfo; 4641 } 4642 4643 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4644 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4645 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4646 if (Ty.isNull()) 4647 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4648 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4649 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4650 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4651 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4652 return NameInfo; 4653 } 4654 4655 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4656 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4657 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4658 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4659 } 4660 4661 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4662 4663 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4664 } 4665 4666 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4667 do { 4668 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4669 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4670 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4671 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4672 else 4673 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4674 } while (true); 4675 } 4676 4677 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4678 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4679 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4680 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4681 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4682 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4683 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4684 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4685 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4686 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4687 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4688 Params.clear(); 4689 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4690 return false; 4691 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4692 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4693 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4694 4695 // The parameter types are identical 4696 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4697 continue; 4698 4699 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4700 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4701 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4702 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4703 4704 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4705 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4706 Params.push_back(Idx); 4707 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4708 return false; 4709 } 4710 4711 return true; 4712 } 4713 4714 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4715 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4716 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4717 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4718 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4719 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4720 DeclarationName Name) { 4721 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4722 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4723 // - types which will become injected class names 4724 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4725 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4726 // few cases here. 4727 4728 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4729 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4730 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4731 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4732 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4733 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4734 // Grab the type from the parser. 4735 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4736 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4737 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4738 4739 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4740 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4741 // attached already. 4742 if (!TSI) 4743 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4744 4745 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4746 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4747 if (!TSI) return true; 4748 4749 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4750 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4751 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4752 break; 4753 } 4754 4755 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4756 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4757 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4758 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4759 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4760 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4761 break; 4762 } 4763 4764 default: 4765 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4766 break; 4767 } 4768 4769 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4770 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4771 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4772 4773 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4774 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4775 // pointer. 4776 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4777 continue; 4778 4779 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4780 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4781 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4782 return true; 4783 } 4784 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4789 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4790 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4791 4792 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4793 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4794 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4795 4796 return Dcl; 4797 } 4798 4799 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4800 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4801 /// name different from T: 4802 /// - every static data member of class T; 4803 /// - every member function of class T 4804 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4805 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4806 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4807 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4808 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4809 4810 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4811 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4812 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4813 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4814 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4815 return true; 4816 } 4817 4818 return false; 4819 } 4820 4821 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4822 /// nested-name-specifier. 4823 /// 4824 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4825 /// 4826 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4827 /// resolves. 4828 /// 4829 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4830 /// 4831 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4832 /// 4833 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4834 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4835 DeclarationName Name, 4836 SourceLocation Loc) { 4837 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4838 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4839 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4840 4841 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4842 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4843 // 4844 // class X { 4845 // void X::f(); 4846 // }; 4847 // 4848 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4849 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4850 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4851 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4852 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4853 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4854 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4855 SS.clear(); 4856 } else { 4857 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4858 } 4859 return false; 4860 } 4861 4862 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4863 // declaration. 4864 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4865 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4867 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4868 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4870 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4871 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4873 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4874 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4875 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4876 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4877 else 4878 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4879 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4880 4881 return true; 4882 } 4883 4884 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4885 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4887 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4888 SS.clear(); 4889 4890 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4891 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4892 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4893 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4894 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4895 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4896 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4897 return true; 4898 4899 return false; 4900 } 4901 4902 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4903 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4904 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4905 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4906 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4907 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4908 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4909 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4911 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4912 4913 return false; 4914 } 4915 4916 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4917 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4918 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4919 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4920 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4921 4922 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4923 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4924 if (!Name) { 4925 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4926 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4927 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4928 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4929 return nullptr; 4930 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4931 return nullptr; 4932 4933 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4934 // we find one that is. 4935 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4936 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4937 S = S->getParent(); 4938 4939 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4940 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4941 D.setInvalidType(); 4942 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4943 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4944 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4945 return nullptr; 4946 4947 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4948 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4949 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4950 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4951 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4952 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4953 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4954 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4955 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4956 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4957 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4958 return nullptr; 4959 } 4960 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4961 4962 if (!IsDependentContext && 4963 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4964 return nullptr; 4965 4966 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4967 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4968 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4969 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4970 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4971 return nullptr; 4972 } 4973 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4974 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4975 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4976 if (DC->isRecord()) 4977 return nullptr; 4978 4979 D.setInvalidType(); 4980 } 4981 } 4982 4983 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4984 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4985 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4986 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4987 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4988 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4989 D.setInvalidType(); 4990 } 4991 } 4992 4993 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4994 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4995 4996 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4997 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4998 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4999 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5000 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5001 return nullptr; 5002 5003 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5004 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5005 D.setInvalidType(); 5006 5007 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5008 ForRedeclaration); 5009 5010 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5011 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5012 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5013 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5014 5015 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5016 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5017 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5018 // 5019 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5020 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5021 // the same name. 5022 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5023 /* Do nothing*/; 5024 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5025 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5026 R->isFunctionType())) { 5027 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5028 CreateBuiltins = 5029 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5030 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5031 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5032 CreateBuiltins = true; 5033 5034 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5035 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5036 5037 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5038 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5039 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5040 5041 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5042 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5043 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5044 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5045 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5046 // thereof; [...] 5047 // 5048 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5049 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5050 // we want to match. For example, given: 5051 // 5052 // class X { 5053 // void f(); 5054 // void f(float); 5055 // }; 5056 // 5057 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5058 // 5059 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5060 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5061 // matches. 5062 5063 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5064 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5065 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5066 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5067 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5068 } 5069 5070 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5071 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5072 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5073 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5074 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5075 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5076 5077 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5078 Previous.clear(); 5079 } 5080 5081 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5082 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5083 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5084 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5085 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5086 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5087 Previous.clear(); 5088 5089 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5090 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5092 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5093 5094 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5095 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5096 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5097 // template, declared in namespace scope 5098 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5100 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5101 return nullptr; 5102 } 5103 5104 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5105 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5106 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5107 return nullptr; 5108 } 5109 } 5110 5111 NamedDecl *New; 5112 5113 bool AddToScope = true; 5114 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5115 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5116 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5117 return nullptr; 5118 } 5119 5120 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5121 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5122 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5123 TemplateParamLists, 5124 AddToScope); 5125 } else { 5126 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5127 AddToScope); 5128 } 5129 5130 if (!New) 5131 return nullptr; 5132 5133 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5134 // add it to the scope stack. 5135 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5136 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5137 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5138 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5139 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5140 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5141 if (!AddToContext) 5142 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5143 } 5144 5145 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5146 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5147 5148 return New; 5149 } 5150 5151 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5152 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5153 /// GCC compatibility). 5154 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5155 ASTContext &Context, 5156 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5157 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5158 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5159 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5160 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5161 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5162 SizeIsNegative = false; 5163 Oversized = 0; 5164 5165 if (T->isDependentType()) 5166 return QualType(); 5167 5168 QualifierCollector Qs; 5169 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5170 5171 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5172 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5173 QualType FixedType = 5174 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5175 Oversized); 5176 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5177 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5178 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5179 } 5180 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5181 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5182 QualType FixedType = 5183 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5184 Oversized); 5185 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5186 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5187 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5188 } 5189 5190 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5191 if (!VLATy) 5192 return QualType(); 5193 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5194 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5195 return QualType(); 5196 5197 llvm::APSInt Res; 5198 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5199 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5200 return QualType(); 5201 5202 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5203 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5204 SizeIsNegative = true; 5205 return QualType(); 5206 } 5207 5208 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5209 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5210 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5211 Res); 5212 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5213 Oversized = Res; 5214 return QualType(); 5215 } 5216 5217 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5218 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5219 } 5220 5221 static void 5222 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5223 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5224 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5225 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5226 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5227 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5228 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5229 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5230 return; 5231 } 5232 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5233 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5234 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5235 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5236 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5237 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5238 return; 5239 } 5240 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5241 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5242 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5243 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5244 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5245 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5246 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5247 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5248 } 5249 5250 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5251 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5252 /// GCC compatibility). 5253 static TypeSourceInfo* 5254 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5255 ASTContext &Context, 5256 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5257 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5258 QualType FixedTy 5259 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5260 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5261 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5262 return nullptr; 5263 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5264 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5265 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5266 return FixedTInfo; 5267 } 5268 5269 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5270 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5271 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5272 /// function-scope declarations. 5273 void 5274 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5275 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5276 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5277 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5278 return; 5279 5280 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5281 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5282 } 5283 5284 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5285 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5286 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5287 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5288 } 5289 5290 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5291 /// does not identify a function. 5292 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5293 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5294 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5295 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5296 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5297 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5298 5299 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5300 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5301 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5302 5303 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5304 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5305 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5306 } 5307 5308 NamedDecl* 5309 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5311 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5312 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5313 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5314 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5315 D.setInvalidType(); 5316 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5317 DC = CurContext; 5318 Previous.clear(); 5319 } 5320 5321 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5322 5323 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5325 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5326 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5327 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5328 << 1; 5329 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5330 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5331 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5332 5333 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5334 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5335 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5336 return nullptr; 5337 } 5338 5339 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5340 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5341 5342 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5343 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5344 5345 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5346 5347 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5348 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5349 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5350 return ND; 5351 } 5352 5353 void 5354 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5355 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5356 // then it shall have block scope. 5357 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5358 // that redeclarations will match. 5359 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5360 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5361 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5362 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5363 5364 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5365 bool SizeIsNegative; 5366 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5367 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5368 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5369 SizeIsNegative, 5370 Oversized); 5371 if (FixedTInfo) { 5372 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5373 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5374 } else { 5375 if (SizeIsNegative) 5376 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5377 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5378 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5379 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5380 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5381 << Oversized.toString(10); 5382 else 5383 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5384 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5385 } 5386 } 5387 } 5388 } 5389 5390 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5391 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5392 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5393 NamedDecl* 5394 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5395 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5396 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5397 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5398 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5399 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5400 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5401 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5402 Redeclaration = true; 5403 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5404 } 5405 5406 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5407 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5408 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5409 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5410 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5411 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5412 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5413 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5414 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5415 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5416 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5417 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5418 } 5419 5420 return NewTD; 5421 } 5422 5423 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5424 /// previous declaration. 5425 /// 5426 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5427 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5428 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5429 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5430 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5431 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5432 /// 5433 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5434 /// lookup 5435 /// 5436 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5437 /// declared. 5438 /// 5439 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5440 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5441 static bool 5442 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5443 ASTContext &Context) { 5444 if (!PrevDecl) 5445 return false; 5446 5447 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5448 return false; 5449 5450 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5451 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5452 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5453 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5454 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5455 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5456 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5457 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5458 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5459 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5460 return false; 5461 5462 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5463 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5464 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5465 return false; 5466 5467 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5468 // previous declarations. 5469 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5470 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5471 5472 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5473 // isn't the same function. 5474 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5475 return false; 5476 } 5477 5478 return true; 5479 } 5480 5481 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5482 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5483 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5484 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5485 } 5486 5487 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5488 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5489 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5490 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5491 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5492 unsigned kind = -1U; 5493 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5494 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5495 kind = 0; // __block 5496 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5497 kind = 1; // global 5498 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5499 kind = 3; // ivar 5500 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5501 kind = 2; // field 5502 } 5503 5504 if (kind != -1U) { 5505 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5506 << kind; 5507 } 5508 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5509 // Try to infer lifetime. 5510 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5511 return false; 5512 5513 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5514 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5515 decl->setType(type); 5516 } 5517 5518 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5519 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5520 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5521 var->getTLSKind()) { 5522 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5523 << var->getType(); 5524 return true; 5525 } 5526 } 5527 5528 return false; 5529 } 5530 5531 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5532 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5533 // the wrong linkage. 5534 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5535 5536 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5537 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5538 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5539 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5540 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5541 } 5542 } 5543 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5544 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5545 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5546 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5547 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5548 } 5549 } 5550 5551 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5552 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5553 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5554 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5555 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5556 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5557 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5558 } 5559 } 5560 } 5561 5562 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5563 // It does not apply to functions. 5564 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5565 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5566 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5567 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5568 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5569 } 5570 } 5571 5572 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5573 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5574 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5575 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5576 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5577 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5578 << &ND << Attr; 5579 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5580 } 5581 } 5582 5583 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5584 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5585 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5586 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5587 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5588 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5589 << Attr; 5590 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5591 } 5592 } 5593 5594 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5595 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5596 bool IsSpecialization, 5597 bool IsDefinition) { 5598 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5599 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5600 if (!IsSpecialization) 5601 IsDefinition = false; 5602 } 5603 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5604 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5605 5606 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5607 return; 5608 5609 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5610 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5611 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5612 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5613 5614 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5615 // inherited attribute instances. 5616 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5617 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5618 5619 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5620 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5621 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5622 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5623 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5624 5625 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5626 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5627 bool JustWarn = false; 5628 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5629 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5630 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5631 JustWarn = true; 5632 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5633 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5634 JustWarn = true; 5635 } 5636 5637 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5638 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5639 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5640 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5641 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5642 JustWarn = false; 5643 5644 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5645 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5646 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5647 << NewDecl 5648 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5649 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5650 if (!JustWarn) { 5651 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5652 return; 5653 } 5654 } 5655 5656 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5657 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5658 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5659 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5660 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5661 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5662 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5663 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5664 // separately. 5665 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5666 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5667 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5668 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5669 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5670 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5671 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5672 } 5673 5674 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5675 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5676 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5677 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5678 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5679 << NewDecl; 5680 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5681 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5682 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5683 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5684 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5685 } else { 5686 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5687 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5688 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5689 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5690 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5691 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5692 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5693 } 5694 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5695 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5696 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5697 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5698 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5699 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5700 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5701 } 5702 } 5703 5704 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5705 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5706 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5707 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5708 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5709 5710 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5711 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5712 5713 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5714 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5715 return false; 5716 5717 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5718 5719 #ifndef NDEBUG 5720 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5721 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5722 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5723 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5724 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5725 #endif 5726 5727 bool isC99Inline = 5728 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5729 5730 #ifndef NDEBUG 5731 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5732 #endif 5733 5734 return isC99Inline; 5735 } 5736 5737 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5738 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5739 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5740 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5741 /// 5742 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5743 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5744 /// 5745 /// For instance: 5746 /// 5747 /// auto x = []{}; 5748 /// 5749 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5750 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5751 /// 5752 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5753 template<typename T> 5754 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5755 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5756 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5757 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5758 return false; 5759 5760 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5761 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5762 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5763 return false; 5764 } 5765 return D->isExternC(); 5766 } 5767 5768 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5769 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5770 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5771 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5772 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5773 return true; 5774 if (DC->isRecord()) 5775 return false; 5776 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5777 } 5778 5779 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5780 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5781 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5782 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5783 return true; 5784 if (DC->isRecord()) 5785 return false; 5786 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5787 } 5788 5789 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5790 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5791 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5792 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5793 return true; 5794 return false; 5795 } 5796 5797 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5798 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5799 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5800 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5801 return true; 5802 5803 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5804 // position to the decl itself. 5805 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5806 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5807 return true; 5808 } 5809 5810 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5811 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5812 } 5813 5814 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5815 /// function-local external declaration. 5816 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5817 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5818 return false; 5819 5820 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5821 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5822 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5823 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5824 return true; 5825 5826 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5827 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5828 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5829 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5830 // 5831 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5832 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5833 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5834 DC = DC->getParent(); 5835 return true; 5836 } 5837 5838 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5839 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5840 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5841 return FD->isExternC(); 5842 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5843 return VD->isExternC(); 5844 5845 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5846 } 5847 5848 NamedDecl * 5849 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5850 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5851 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5852 bool &AddToScope) { 5853 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5854 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5855 5856 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5857 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5858 // argument. 5859 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5860 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5861 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5862 << R; 5863 D.setInvalidType(); 5864 return nullptr; 5865 } 5866 5867 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5868 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5869 5870 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5871 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5872 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5873 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5874 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5875 SC = SC_Extern; 5876 5877 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5878 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5879 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5880 5881 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5882 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5883 QualType NR = R; 5884 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5885 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5887 D.setInvalidType(); 5888 break; 5889 } 5890 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5891 } 5892 5893 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5894 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5895 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5896 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5897 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5898 D.setInvalidType(); 5899 } 5900 } 5901 } 5902 5903 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5904 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5905 // an error here 5906 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5907 D.setInvalidType(); 5908 SC = SC_None; 5909 } 5910 5911 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5912 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5913 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5914 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5915 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5916 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5918 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5919 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5920 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5921 } 5922 5923 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5924 if (!II) { 5925 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5926 << Name; 5927 return nullptr; 5928 } 5929 5930 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5931 5932 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5933 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5934 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5935 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5936 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5937 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5938 D.setInvalidType(); 5939 } 5940 } 5941 5942 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5943 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5944 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5945 // space qualifiers. 5946 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5947 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5948 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5949 } 5950 5951 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5952 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5953 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5954 // address space qualifiers. 5955 if (R->isEventT()) { 5956 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5957 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5958 D.setInvalidType(); 5959 } 5960 5961 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5962 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5963 D.setInvalidType(); 5964 } 5965 } 5966 } 5967 5968 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5969 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5970 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5971 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5972 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5973 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5974 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5975 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5976 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5977 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5978 R, TInfo, SC); 5979 5980 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5981 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5982 5983 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5984 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5985 } else { 5986 bool Invalid = false; 5987 5988 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5989 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5990 switch (SC) { 5991 case SC_None: 5992 break; 5993 case SC_Static: 5994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5995 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5997 break; 5998 case SC_Auto: 5999 case SC_Register: 6000 case SC_Extern: 6001 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6002 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6003 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6004 // of class members 6005 6006 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6007 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6008 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6009 break; 6010 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6011 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6012 } 6013 } 6014 6015 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6016 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6017 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6018 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6019 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6020 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6021 6022 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6023 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6024 if (RD->isUnion()) 6025 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6026 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6027 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6028 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6029 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6030 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6031 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6032 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6033 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6034 } 6035 } 6036 6037 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6038 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6039 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6040 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6041 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6042 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6043 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6044 : nullptr, 6045 TemplateParamLists, 6046 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6047 6048 if (TemplateParams) { 6049 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6050 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6051 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6052 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6053 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6054 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6055 << II 6056 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6057 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6058 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6059 } else { 6060 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6061 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6062 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6063 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6064 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6065 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6066 // This is a template declaration. 6067 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6068 6069 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6070 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6071 return nullptr; 6072 6073 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6074 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6075 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6076 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6077 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6078 } 6079 } 6080 } else { 6081 assert( 6082 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6083 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6084 } 6085 6086 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6087 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6088 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6089 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6090 : SourceLocation(); 6091 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6092 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6093 IsPartialSpecialization); 6094 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6095 return nullptr; 6096 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6097 AddToScope = false; 6098 } else 6099 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6100 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6101 6102 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6103 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6104 NewTemplate = 6105 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6106 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6107 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6108 } 6109 6110 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6111 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6112 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6113 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6114 6115 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6116 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6117 if (NewTemplate) 6118 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6119 } 6120 6121 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6122 6123 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6124 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6125 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6126 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6127 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6128 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6129 6130 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6131 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6132 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6133 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6134 // implicitly an inline variable. 6135 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6136 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6137 } 6138 6139 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6140 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6141 VTD->setConcept(); 6142 6143 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6144 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6145 // specifiers, [...] 6146 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6147 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6148 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6149 << 0 << 0; 6150 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6151 } 6152 6153 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6154 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6155 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6156 << 0 << 3; 6157 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6158 } 6159 6160 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6161 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6162 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6163 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6164 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6165 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6166 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6167 } 6168 6169 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6170 // following restrictions: 6171 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6172 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6173 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6175 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6176 } 6177 } 6178 } 6179 6180 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6181 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6182 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6183 << 0; 6184 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6185 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6186 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6187 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6188 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6189 } else { 6190 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6191 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6192 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6193 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6194 } 6195 } 6196 6197 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6198 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6199 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6200 if (NewTemplate) 6201 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6202 6203 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6204 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6205 6206 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6207 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6208 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6209 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6210 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6211 // explicitly. 6212 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6213 // 'extern'. 6214 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6215 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6216 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6217 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6218 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6219 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6220 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6221 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6222 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6223 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6224 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6225 // error should be ignored. 6226 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6227 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6228 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6229 // to emit any code for it. 6230 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6231 } else 6232 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6233 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6234 } else 6235 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6236 } 6237 6238 // C99 6.7.4p3 6239 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6240 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6241 // thread storage duration... 6242 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6243 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6244 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6245 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6246 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6247 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6248 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6249 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6250 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6251 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6252 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6253 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6254 } 6255 } 6256 6257 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6258 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6259 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6260 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6261 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6262 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6263 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6264 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6265 << 2 6266 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6267 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6268 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6269 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6270 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6271 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6272 else { 6273 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6274 if (NewTemplate) 6275 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6276 } 6277 } 6278 6279 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6280 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6281 6282 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6283 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6285 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6286 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6287 // storage [duration]." 6288 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6289 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6290 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6291 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6292 } 6293 } 6294 6295 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6296 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6297 // check the VarDecl itself. 6298 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6299 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6300 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6301 6302 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6303 // retainable type. 6304 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6305 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6306 6307 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6308 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6309 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6310 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6311 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6312 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6313 switch (SC) { 6314 case SC_None: 6315 case SC_Auto: 6316 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6317 break; 6318 case SC_Register: 6319 // Local Named register 6320 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6321 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6322 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6323 break; 6324 case SC_Static: 6325 case SC_Extern: 6326 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6327 break; 6328 } 6329 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6330 // Global Named register 6331 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6332 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6333 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6334 6335 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6336 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6337 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6338 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6339 HasSizeMismatch)) 6340 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6341 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6342 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6343 } 6344 6345 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6346 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6347 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6348 } 6349 } 6350 6351 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6352 Context, Label, 0)); 6353 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6354 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6355 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6356 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6357 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6358 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6359 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6360 } else 6361 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6362 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6363 } 6364 } 6365 6366 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6367 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6368 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6369 6370 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6371 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6372 // declaration has linkage). 6373 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6374 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6375 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6376 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6377 6378 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6379 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6380 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6381 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6382 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6383 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6384 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6385 6386 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6387 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6388 } else { 6389 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6390 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6391 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6392 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6393 6394 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6395 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6396 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6397 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6398 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6399 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6400 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6401 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6402 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6403 Previous.clear(); 6404 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6405 } 6406 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6407 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6408 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6409 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6410 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6411 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6412 } 6413 6414 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6415 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6416 6417 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6418 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6419 // concept definition. 6420 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6421 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6422 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6423 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6424 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6425 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6427 << 1 /*variable*/ 6428 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6429 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6430 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6431 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6432 } 6433 } 6434 } 6435 6436 if (NewTemplate) { 6437 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6438 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6439 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6440 : nullptr; 6441 6442 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6443 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6444 // template declaration. 6445 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6446 TemplateParams, 6447 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6448 : nullptr, 6449 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6450 DC->isDependentContext()) 6451 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6452 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6453 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6454 6455 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6456 // template, make a note of that. 6457 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6458 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6459 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6460 } 6461 } 6462 6463 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6464 6465 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6466 // the map of such variables. 6467 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6468 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6469 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6470 6471 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6472 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6473 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6474 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6475 Context.setManglingNumber( 6476 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6477 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6478 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6479 } 6480 } 6481 6482 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6483 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6484 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6485 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6486 6487 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6488 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6489 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6490 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6491 6492 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6493 // behavior. 6494 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6495 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6496 } 6497 6498 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6499 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6500 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6501 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6502 } 6503 6504 if (NewTemplate) { 6505 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6506 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6507 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6508 return NewTemplate; 6509 } 6510 6511 return NewVD; 6512 } 6513 6514 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6515 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6516 6517 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6518 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6519 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6520 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6521 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6522 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6523 } 6524 6525 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6526 /// -Wshadow. 6527 /// 6528 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6529 /// scope. 6530 /// 6531 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6532 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6533 /// 6534 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6535 // Return if warning is ignored. 6536 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6537 return; 6538 6539 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6540 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6541 return; 6542 6543 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6544 6545 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6546 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6547 return; 6548 6549 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6550 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6551 return; 6552 6553 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6554 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6556 if (MD->isStatic()) 6557 return; 6558 6559 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6560 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6561 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6562 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6563 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6564 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6565 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6566 return; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 6570 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6571 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6572 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6573 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6574 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6575 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6576 ShadowedDecl = I; 6577 break; 6578 } 6579 } 6580 6581 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6582 6583 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6584 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6585 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6586 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6587 return; 6588 6589 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6590 // static data members from base classes? 6591 6592 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6593 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6594 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6595 } 6596 6597 6598 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6599 6600 // Emit warning and note. 6601 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6602 return; 6603 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6604 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6605 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6606 } 6607 6608 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6609 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6610 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6611 return; 6612 6613 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6614 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6615 LookupName(R, S); 6616 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6617 } 6618 6619 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6620 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6621 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6622 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6623 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6624 return; 6625 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6626 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6627 if (!DRE) 6628 return; 6629 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6630 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6631 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6632 return; 6633 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6634 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6635 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6636 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6637 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6638 6639 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6640 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6641 } 6642 6643 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6644 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6645 template<typename T> 6646 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6647 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6648 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6649 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6650 6651 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6652 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6653 // declaration. 6654 return false; 6655 } 6656 6657 if (Prev) { 6658 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6659 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6660 // redeclaration. 6661 Previous.clear(); 6662 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6663 return true; 6664 } 6665 6666 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6667 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6668 // declaration. 6669 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6670 return false; 6671 } else { 6672 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6673 // translation unit which might conflict. 6674 if (IsGlobal) { 6675 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6676 IsGlobal = false; 6677 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6678 I != E; ++I) { 6679 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6680 Prev = *I; 6681 break; 6682 } 6683 } 6684 } else { 6685 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6686 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6687 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6688 I != E; ++I) { 6689 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6690 Prev = *I; 6691 break; 6692 } 6693 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6694 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6695 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6696 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6697 // diagnostic. 6698 } 6699 } 6700 6701 if (!Prev) 6702 return false; 6703 } 6704 6705 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6706 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6707 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6708 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6709 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6710 else 6711 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6712 6713 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6714 << IsGlobal << ND; 6715 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6716 << IsGlobal; 6717 return false; 6718 } 6719 6720 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6721 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6722 /// 6723 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6724 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6725 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6726 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6727 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6728 template<typename T> 6729 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6730 LookupResult &Previous) { 6731 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6732 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6733 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6734 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6735 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6736 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6737 Previous.clear(); 6738 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6739 return true; 6740 } 6741 } 6742 return false; 6743 } 6744 6745 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6746 // declaration. 6747 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6748 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6749 6750 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6751 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6752 // in another scope. 6753 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6754 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6755 6756 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6757 return false; 6758 } 6759 6760 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6761 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6762 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6763 return; 6764 6765 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6766 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6767 6768 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6769 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6770 return; 6771 6772 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6773 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6774 6775 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6777 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6778 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6779 NewVD->setType(T); 6780 } 6781 6782 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6783 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6784 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6785 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6786 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6787 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6788 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6789 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6790 return; 6791 } 6792 6793 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6794 // scope. 6795 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6796 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6797 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6798 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6799 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6800 return; 6801 } 6802 6803 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6804 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6805 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6806 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6807 return; 6808 } 6809 6810 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6811 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6812 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6813 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6814 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6815 << 0 /*const*/; 6816 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6817 return; 6818 } 6819 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6820 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6822 return; 6823 } 6824 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6825 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6826 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6827 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6828 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6829 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6830 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6831 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6832 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6833 return; 6834 } 6835 } 6836 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6837 // __constant address space. 6838 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6839 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6840 // address space. 6841 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6842 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6843 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6844 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6845 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6846 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6847 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6848 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6849 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6850 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6851 else 6852 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6853 << Scope << "constant"; 6854 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6855 return; 6856 } 6857 } else { 6858 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6859 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6860 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6861 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6862 return; 6863 } 6864 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6865 // in functions. 6866 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6867 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6868 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6869 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6870 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6871 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6872 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6873 else 6874 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6875 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6876 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6877 return; 6878 } 6879 } 6880 } 6881 } 6882 6883 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6884 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6885 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6886 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6887 else { 6888 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6889 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6890 } 6891 } 6892 6893 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6894 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6895 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6896 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6897 6898 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6899 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6900 bool SizeIsNegative; 6901 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6902 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6903 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6904 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6905 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6906 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6907 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6908 // int a[10][n]; 6909 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6910 6911 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6912 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6913 << SizeRange; 6914 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6915 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6916 << SizeRange; 6917 else 6918 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6919 << SizeRange; 6920 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6921 return; 6922 } 6923 6924 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6925 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6926 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6927 else 6928 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6929 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6930 return; 6931 } 6932 6933 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6934 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6935 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6936 } 6937 6938 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6939 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6940 // of objects and functions. 6941 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6942 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6943 << T; 6944 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6945 return; 6946 } 6947 } 6948 6949 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6950 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6951 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6952 return; 6953 } 6954 6955 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6956 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6957 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6958 return; 6959 } 6960 6961 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6962 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6963 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6964 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6965 return; 6966 } 6967 } 6968 6969 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6970 /// declaration. 6971 /// 6972 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6973 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6974 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6975 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6976 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6977 /// 6978 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6979 /// 6980 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6981 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6982 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6983 6984 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6985 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6986 return false; 6987 6988 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6989 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6990 if (Previous.empty() && 6991 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6992 Previous.setShadowed(); 6993 6994 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6995 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6996 return true; 6997 } 6998 return false; 6999 } 7000 7001 namespace { 7002 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7003 Sema *S; 7004 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7005 7006 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7007 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7008 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7009 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7010 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7011 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7012 7013 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7014 7015 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7016 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7017 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7018 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7019 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7020 7021 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7022 } 7023 7024 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7025 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7026 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7027 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7028 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7029 return true; 7030 } 7031 } 7032 7033 return false; 7034 } 7035 }; 7036 7037 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7038 } // end anonymous namespace 7039 7040 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7041 /// overriden methods. 7042 /// 7043 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7044 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7045 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7046 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7047 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7048 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7049 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7050 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7051 I != E; ++I) { 7052 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7053 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7054 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7055 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7056 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7057 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7058 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7059 } 7060 } 7061 7062 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7063 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7064 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7065 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7066 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7067 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7068 FOM.Method = MD; 7069 FOM.S = this; 7070 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7071 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7072 bool AddedAny = false; 7073 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7074 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7075 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7076 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7077 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7078 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7079 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7080 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7081 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7082 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7083 AddedAny = true; 7084 } 7085 } 7086 } 7087 } 7088 7089 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7090 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7091 } 7092 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7093 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7094 } 7095 7096 return AddedAny; 7097 } 7098 7099 namespace { 7100 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7101 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7102 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7103 Scope *S; 7104 Declarator &D; 7105 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7106 bool AddToScope; 7107 }; 7108 } // end anonymous namespace 7109 7110 namespace { 7111 7112 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7113 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7114 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7115 public: 7116 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7117 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7118 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7119 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7120 7121 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7122 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7123 return false; 7124 7125 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7126 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7127 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7128 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7129 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7130 7131 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7132 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7133 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7134 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7135 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7136 return true; 7137 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7138 return true; 7139 } 7140 } 7141 } 7142 7143 return false; 7144 } 7145 7146 private: 7147 ASTContext &Context; 7148 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7149 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7150 }; 7151 7152 } // end anonymous namespace 7153 7154 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7155 /// 7156 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7157 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7158 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7159 /// the same name. 7160 /// 7161 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7162 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7163 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7164 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7165 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7166 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7167 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7168 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7169 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7170 TypoCorrection Correction; 7171 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7172 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7173 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7174 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7175 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7176 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7177 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7178 7179 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7180 if (IsLocalFriend) 7181 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7182 else 7183 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7184 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7185 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7186 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7187 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7188 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7189 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7190 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7191 if (FD && 7192 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7193 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7194 // involve a parameter 7195 unsigned ParamNum = 7196 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7197 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7198 } 7199 } 7200 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7201 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7202 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7203 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7204 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7205 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7206 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7207 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7208 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7209 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7210 Previous.clear(); 7211 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7212 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7213 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7214 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7215 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7216 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7217 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7218 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7219 } 7220 } 7221 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7222 7223 NamedDecl *Result; 7224 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7225 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7226 { 7227 // Trap errors. 7228 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7229 7230 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7231 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7232 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7233 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7234 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7235 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7236 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7237 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7238 7239 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7240 Result = nullptr; 7241 } 7242 7243 if (Result) { 7244 // Determine which correction we picked. 7245 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7246 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7247 I != E; ++I) 7248 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7249 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7250 7251 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7252 Correction, 7253 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7254 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7255 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7256 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7257 return Result; 7258 } 7259 7260 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7261 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7262 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7263 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7264 Previous.clear(); 7265 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7266 } 7267 7268 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7269 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7270 7271 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7272 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7273 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7274 7275 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7276 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7277 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7278 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7279 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7280 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7281 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7282 7283 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7284 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7285 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7286 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7287 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7288 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7289 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7290 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7291 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7292 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7293 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7294 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7295 } else 7296 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7297 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7298 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7299 } 7300 return nullptr; 7301 } 7302 7303 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7304 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7305 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7306 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7307 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7308 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7309 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7310 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7311 D.setInvalidType(); 7312 break; 7313 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7314 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7315 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7316 return SC_None; 7317 return SC_Extern; 7318 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7319 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7320 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7321 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7322 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7323 // other than extern 7324 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7325 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7326 diag::err_static_block_func); 7327 break; 7328 } else 7329 return SC_Static; 7330 } 7331 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7332 } 7333 7334 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7335 return SC_None; 7336 } 7337 7338 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7339 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7340 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7341 StorageClass SC, 7342 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7343 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7344 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7345 7346 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7347 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7348 7349 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7350 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7351 // prototype. This true when: 7352 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7353 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7354 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7355 bool HasPrototype = 7356 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7357 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7358 7359 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7360 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7361 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7362 HasPrototype, false); 7363 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7364 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7365 7366 return NewFD; 7367 } 7368 7369 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7370 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7371 7372 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7373 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7374 // the class has been completely parsed. 7375 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7376 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7377 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7378 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7379 D.setInvalidType(); 7380 7381 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7382 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7383 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7384 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7385 7386 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7387 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7388 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7389 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7390 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7391 isConstexpr); 7392 7393 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7394 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7395 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7396 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7397 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7398 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7399 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7400 D.getLocStart(), 7401 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7402 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7403 7404 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7405 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7406 // it yet. 7407 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7408 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7409 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7410 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7411 } 7412 7413 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7414 return NewDD; 7415 7416 } else { 7417 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7418 D.setInvalidType(); 7419 7420 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7421 // code path. 7422 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7423 D.getLocStart(), 7424 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7425 SC, isInline, 7426 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7427 } 7428 7429 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7430 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7431 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7432 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7433 return nullptr; 7434 } 7435 7436 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7437 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7438 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7439 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7440 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7441 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7442 7443 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7444 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7445 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7446 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7447 // constructor if it has no return type). 7448 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7449 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7450 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7451 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7452 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7453 return nullptr; 7454 } 7455 7456 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7457 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7458 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7459 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7460 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7461 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7462 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7463 return Ret; 7464 } else { 7465 bool isFriend = 7466 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7467 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7468 return nullptr; 7469 7470 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7471 // prototype. This true when: 7472 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7473 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7474 D.getLocStart(), 7475 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7476 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7477 } 7478 } 7479 7480 enum OpenCLParamType { 7481 ValidKernelParam, 7482 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7483 PtrKernelParam, 7484 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7485 InvalidKernelParam, 7486 RecordKernelParam 7487 }; 7488 7489 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7490 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7491 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7492 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7493 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7494 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7495 : PtrKernelParam; 7496 } 7497 7498 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7499 // be used as builtin types. 7500 7501 if (PT->isImageType()) 7502 return PtrKernelParam; 7503 7504 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7505 return InvalidKernelParam; 7506 7507 if (PT->isEventT()) 7508 return InvalidKernelParam; 7509 7510 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7511 return InvalidKernelParam; 7512 7513 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7514 return RecordKernelParam; 7515 7516 return ValidKernelParam; 7517 } 7518 7519 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7520 Sema &S, 7521 Declarator &D, 7522 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7523 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7524 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7525 7526 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7527 // used again 7528 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7529 return; 7530 7531 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7532 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7533 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7534 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7535 // pointer to a pointer type. 7536 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7537 D.setInvalidType(); 7538 return; 7539 7540 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7541 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7542 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7543 // pointer to the private address space. 7544 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7545 D.setInvalidType(); 7546 return; 7547 7548 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7549 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7550 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7551 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7552 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7553 7554 case InvalidKernelParam: 7555 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7556 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7557 // of event_t type. 7558 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7559 D.setInvalidType(); 7560 return; 7561 7562 case PtrKernelParam: 7563 case ValidKernelParam: 7564 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7565 return; 7566 7567 case RecordKernelParam: 7568 break; 7569 } 7570 7571 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7572 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7573 7574 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7575 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7576 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7577 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7578 7579 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7580 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7581 7582 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7583 7584 do { 7585 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7586 if (!Next) { 7587 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7588 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7589 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7590 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7591 7592 continue; 7593 } 7594 7595 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7596 // field itself) to the history stack. 7597 const RecordDecl *RD; 7598 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7599 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7600 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7601 } else { 7602 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7603 } 7604 7605 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7606 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7607 7608 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7609 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7610 7611 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7612 continue; 7613 7614 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7615 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7616 continue; 7617 7618 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7619 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7620 continue; 7621 } 7622 7623 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7624 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7625 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7626 // union. 7627 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7628 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7629 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7630 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7631 << PT->isUnionType() 7632 << PT; 7633 } else { 7634 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7635 } 7636 7637 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7638 << PD->getDeclName(); 7639 7640 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7641 // the offending field came from 7642 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7643 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7644 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7645 I != E; ++I) { 7646 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7647 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7648 << OuterField->getType(); 7649 } 7650 7651 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7652 << QT->isPointerType() 7653 << QT; 7654 D.setInvalidType(); 7655 return; 7656 } 7657 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7658 } 7659 7660 NamedDecl* 7661 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7662 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7664 bool &AddToScope) { 7665 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7666 7667 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7668 7669 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7670 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7671 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7672 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7673 7674 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7675 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7676 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7677 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7678 7679 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7680 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7681 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7682 7683 bool isFriend = false; 7684 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7685 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7686 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7687 7688 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7689 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7690 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7691 7692 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7693 7694 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7695 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7696 7697 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7698 isVirtualOkay); 7699 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7700 7701 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7702 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7703 7704 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7705 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7706 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7707 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7708 7709 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7710 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7711 7712 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7713 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7714 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7715 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7716 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7717 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7718 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7719 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7720 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7721 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7722 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7723 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7724 } 7725 7726 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7727 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7728 // return true). 7729 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7730 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7731 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7732 NewFD->setPure(true); 7733 7734 // C++ [class.union]p2 7735 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7736 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7737 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7738 } 7739 7740 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7741 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7742 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7743 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7744 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7745 7746 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7747 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7748 bool Invalid = false; 7749 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7750 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7751 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7752 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7753 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7754 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7755 : nullptr, 7756 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7757 Invalid)) { 7758 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7759 // This is a function template 7760 7761 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7762 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7763 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7764 7765 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7766 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7767 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7768 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7769 } 7770 7771 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7772 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7773 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7774 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7775 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7776 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7777 Invalid = true; 7778 } 7779 7780 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7781 NewFD->getLocation(), 7782 Name, TemplateParams, 7783 NewFD); 7784 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7785 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7786 7787 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7788 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7789 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7790 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7791 } 7792 } else { 7793 // This is a function template specialization. 7794 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7795 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7796 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7797 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7798 7799 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7800 if (isFriend) { 7801 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7802 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7803 7804 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7805 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7806 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7807 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7808 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7809 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7810 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7811 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7812 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7813 } 7814 7815 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7816 << Name << RemoveRange 7817 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7818 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7819 } 7820 } 7821 } 7822 else { 7823 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7824 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7825 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7826 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7827 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7828 } 7829 7830 if (Invalid) { 7831 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7832 if (FunctionTemplate) 7833 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7834 } 7835 7836 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7837 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7838 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7839 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7840 // 7841 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7842 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7843 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7844 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7845 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7846 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7847 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7848 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7849 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7850 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7851 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7852 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7853 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7854 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7856 } else { 7857 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7858 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7859 } 7860 7861 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7862 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7863 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7864 } 7865 7866 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7867 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7868 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7869 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7870 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7871 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7872 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7873 // thing to do. 7874 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7875 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7876 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7877 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7878 QualType Result = 7879 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7880 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7881 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7882 } 7883 7884 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7885 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7886 // declaration. 7887 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7888 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7889 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7890 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7891 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7892 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7893 } 7894 } 7895 7896 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7897 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7898 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7899 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7900 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7901 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7902 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7903 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7904 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7906 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7907 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7908 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7909 // or conversion function. 7910 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7911 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7912 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7913 } 7914 } 7915 7916 if (isConstexpr) { 7917 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7918 // are implicitly inline. 7919 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7920 7921 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7922 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7923 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7924 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7925 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7926 } 7927 7928 if (isConcept) { 7929 // This is a function concept. 7930 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7931 FTD->setConcept(); 7932 7933 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7934 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7935 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7936 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7937 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7938 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7939 } 7940 7941 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7942 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7943 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7944 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7945 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7946 SourceRange Range; 7947 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7948 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7949 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7950 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7951 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7952 } else { 7953 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7954 } 7955 7956 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7957 // following restrictions: 7958 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7959 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7960 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7961 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7962 } 7963 7964 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7965 // following restrictions: 7966 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7967 // parameter list. 7968 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7969 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7970 } 7971 7972 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7973 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7974 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7975 7976 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7977 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7978 // specifiers, [...] 7979 if (isInline) { 7980 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7981 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7982 << 1 << 1; 7983 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7984 } 7985 7986 if (isFriend) { 7987 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7988 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7989 << 1 << 2; 7990 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7991 } 7992 7993 if (isConstexpr) { 7994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7995 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7996 << 1 << 3; 7997 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7998 } 7999 8000 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8001 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8002 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8003 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8004 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8005 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8006 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8007 return NewFD; 8008 } 8009 } 8010 8011 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8012 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8013 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8014 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8015 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8016 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8017 << 0 8018 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8019 } else { 8020 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8021 if (FunctionTemplate) 8022 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8023 } 8024 } 8025 8026 if (isFriend) { 8027 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8028 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8029 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8030 } 8031 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8032 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8033 } 8034 8035 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8036 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8037 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8038 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8039 case FDK_Declaration: 8040 case FDK_Definition: 8041 break; 8042 8043 case FDK_Defaulted: 8044 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8045 break; 8046 8047 case FDK_Deleted: 8048 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8049 break; 8050 } 8051 8052 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8053 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8054 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8055 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8056 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8057 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8058 } 8059 8060 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8061 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8062 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8063 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8064 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8065 // the class. 8066 8067 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8068 // member function definition. 8069 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8070 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8071 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8072 } 8073 8074 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8075 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8076 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8077 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8078 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8079 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8080 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8081 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8082 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8083 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8084 } 8085 8086 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8087 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8088 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8089 isExplicitSpecialization || 8090 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8091 8092 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8093 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8094 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8095 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8096 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8097 SE->getString(), 0)); 8098 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8099 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8100 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8101 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8102 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8103 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8104 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8105 } else 8106 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8107 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8108 } 8109 } 8110 8111 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8112 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8113 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8114 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8115 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8116 8117 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8118 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8119 // single void argument. 8120 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8121 // already checks for that case. 8122 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8123 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8124 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8125 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8126 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8127 Params.push_back(Param); 8128 8129 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8130 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8131 } 8132 } 8133 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8134 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8135 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8136 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8137 // 8138 // @code 8139 // typedef void fn(int); 8140 // fn f; 8141 // @endcode 8142 8143 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8144 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8145 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8146 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8147 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8148 Params.push_back(Param); 8149 } 8150 } else { 8151 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8152 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8153 } 8154 8155 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8156 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8157 8158 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8159 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8160 // 8161 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8162 // 8163 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8164 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8165 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8166 8167 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8168 NewFD->addAttr( 8169 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8170 Context, 0)); 8171 8172 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8173 // because all functions have linkage. 8174 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8175 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8176 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8177 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8178 } 8179 8180 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8181 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8182 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8183 NewFD->addAttr( 8184 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8185 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8186 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8187 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8188 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8189 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8190 NewFD)) 8191 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8192 } 8193 8194 // Handle attributes. 8195 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8196 8197 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8198 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8199 8200 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8201 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8202 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8203 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8204 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8205 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8206 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8207 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8208 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8209 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8210 } 8211 } 8212 8213 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8214 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8215 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8216 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8217 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8218 8219 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8220 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8221 8222 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8223 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8224 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8225 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8226 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8227 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8228 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8229 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8230 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8231 8232 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8233 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8234 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8235 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8236 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8237 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8238 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8239 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8240 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8241 int DiagID = 8242 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8243 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8244 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8245 } 8246 } 8247 } else { 8248 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8249 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8250 // 8251 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8252 // 8253 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8254 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8255 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8256 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8257 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8258 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8259 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8260 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8261 8262 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8263 // argument list into our AST format. 8264 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8265 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8266 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8267 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8268 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8269 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8270 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8271 TemplateArgs); 8272 8273 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8274 8275 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8276 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8277 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8278 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8279 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8280 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8281 8282 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8283 } else { 8284 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8285 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8286 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8287 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8288 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8289 } 8290 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8291 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8292 // wrote something like: 8293 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8294 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8295 // friend void foo<>(int); 8296 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8297 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8298 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8299 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8300 } 8301 8302 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8303 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8304 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8305 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8306 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8307 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8308 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8309 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8310 TemplateArgs, 8311 InstantiationDependent))) { 8312 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8313 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8314 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8315 Previous)) 8316 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8317 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8318 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8319 && !isFriend) { 8320 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8321 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8322 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8323 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8324 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8325 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8326 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8327 : nullptr), 8328 Previous)) 8329 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8330 8331 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8332 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8333 // specialization (14.7.3) 8334 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8335 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8336 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8337 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8338 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8339 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8340 << SC 8341 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8342 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8343 8344 else 8345 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8346 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8347 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8348 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8349 } 8350 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8351 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8352 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8353 } 8354 8355 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8356 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8357 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8358 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8359 8360 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8361 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8362 8363 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8364 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8365 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8366 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8367 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8368 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8369 } 8370 8371 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8372 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8373 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8374 8375 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8376 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8377 : NewFD); 8378 8379 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8380 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8381 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8382 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8383 8384 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8385 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8386 } 8387 8388 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8389 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8390 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8391 8392 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8393 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8394 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8395 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8396 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8397 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8398 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8399 : nullptr, 8400 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8401 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8402 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8403 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8404 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8405 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8406 DC->isDependentContext()) 8407 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8408 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8409 } 8410 8411 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8412 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8413 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8414 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8415 AddToScope }; 8416 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8417 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8418 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8419 8420 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8421 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8422 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8423 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8424 8425 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8426 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8427 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8428 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8429 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8430 // can actually do this check immediately. 8431 if (isFriend && 8432 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8433 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8434 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8435 // ignore these 8436 } else { 8437 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8438 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8439 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8440 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8441 // 8442 // class X { 8443 // void f() const; 8444 // }; 8445 // 8446 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8447 // 8448 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8449 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8450 // whether the parameter types are references). 8451 8452 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8453 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8454 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8455 return Result; 8456 } 8457 } 8458 8459 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8460 // to something. 8461 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8462 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8463 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8464 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8465 return Result; 8466 } 8467 } 8468 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8469 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8470 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8471 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8472 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8473 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8474 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8475 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8476 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8477 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8478 // generate them. 8479 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8480 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8481 } 8482 } 8483 8484 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8485 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8486 8487 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8488 8489 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8490 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8491 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8492 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8493 << NewFD; 8494 8495 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8496 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8497 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8498 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8499 EPI.Variadic = true; 8500 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8501 8502 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8503 NewFD->setType(R); 8504 } 8505 8506 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8507 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8508 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8509 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8510 8511 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8512 // marking the function. 8513 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8514 8515 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8516 // a pragma. 8517 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8518 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8519 8520 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8521 // the map of such variables. 8522 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8523 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8524 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8525 8526 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8527 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8528 8529 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8530 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8531 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8532 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8533 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8534 } 8535 8536 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8537 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8538 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8539 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8540 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8541 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8542 8543 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8544 } 8545 8546 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8547 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8548 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8549 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8550 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8551 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8552 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8553 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8554 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8555 } 8556 } 8557 8558 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8559 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8560 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8561 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8562 return FunctionTemplate; 8563 } 8564 } 8565 8566 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8567 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8568 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8569 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8570 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8571 D.setInvalidType(); 8572 } 8573 8574 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8575 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8576 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8577 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8578 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8579 : FixItHint()); 8580 D.setInvalidType(); 8581 } 8582 8583 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8584 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8585 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8586 } 8587 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8588 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8589 8590 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8591 // types. 8592 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8593 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8594 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8595 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8596 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8597 D.setInvalidType(); 8598 } 8599 } 8600 } 8601 } 8602 8603 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8604 8605 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8606 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8607 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8608 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8609 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8610 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8611 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8612 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8613 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8614 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8615 AddToScope = false; 8616 } 8617 8618 return NewFD; 8619 } 8620 8621 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8622 /// 8623 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8624 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8625 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8626 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8627 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8628 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8629 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8630 /// 8631 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8632 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8633 /// 8634 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8635 /// 8636 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8637 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8638 LookupResult &Previous, 8639 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8640 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8641 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8642 8643 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8644 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8645 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8646 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8647 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8648 8649 bool Redeclaration = false; 8650 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8651 8652 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8653 // the same name, if appropriate. 8654 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8655 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8656 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8657 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8658 // function to the scope. 8659 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8660 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8661 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8662 Redeclaration = true; 8663 OldDecl = Candidate; 8664 } 8665 } else { 8666 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8667 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8668 case Ovl_Match: 8669 Redeclaration = true; 8670 break; 8671 8672 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8673 Redeclaration = true; 8674 break; 8675 8676 case Ovl_Overload: 8677 Redeclaration = false; 8678 break; 8679 } 8680 8681 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8682 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8683 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8684 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8685 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8686 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8687 if (Redeclaration) 8688 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8689 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8690 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8691 if (OverloadedDecl) 8692 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8693 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8694 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8695 } 8696 } 8697 } 8698 8699 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8700 if (!Redeclaration && 8701 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8702 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8703 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8704 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8705 Redeclaration = true; 8706 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8707 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8708 8709 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8710 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8711 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8712 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8713 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8714 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8715 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8716 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8717 } 8718 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8719 Redeclaration = false; 8720 OldDecl = nullptr; 8721 } 8722 } 8723 } 8724 } 8725 8726 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8727 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8728 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8729 // 8730 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8731 // definition of a static member function. 8732 // 8733 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8734 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8735 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8736 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8737 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8738 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8739 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8740 if (OldDecl) 8741 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8742 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8743 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8744 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8745 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8746 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8747 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8748 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8749 8750 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8751 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8752 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8753 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8754 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8755 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8756 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8757 8758 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8759 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8760 } 8761 } 8762 } 8763 8764 if (Redeclaration) { 8765 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8766 // merged. 8767 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8768 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8769 return Redeclaration; 8770 } 8771 8772 Previous.clear(); 8773 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8774 8775 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8776 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8777 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8778 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8779 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8780 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8781 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8782 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8783 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8784 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8785 } 8786 8787 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8788 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8789 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8790 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8791 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8792 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8793 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8794 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8795 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8796 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8797 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8798 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8799 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8800 } 8801 } 8802 8803 } else { 8804 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8805 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8806 8807 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8808 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8809 } 8810 } 8811 8812 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8813 8814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8815 // C++-specific checks. 8816 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8817 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8818 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8819 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8820 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8821 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8822 8823 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8824 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8825 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8826 DeclarationName Name 8827 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8828 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8829 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8830 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8831 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8832 return Redeclaration; 8833 } 8834 } 8835 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8836 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8837 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8838 } 8839 8840 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8841 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8842 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8843 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8844 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8845 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8846 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8847 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8848 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8849 } 8850 } 8851 } 8852 8853 if (Method->isStatic()) 8854 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8855 } 8856 8857 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8858 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8859 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8860 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8861 return Redeclaration; 8862 } 8863 8864 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8865 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8866 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8867 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8868 return Redeclaration; 8869 } 8870 8871 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8872 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8873 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8874 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8875 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8876 8877 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8878 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8879 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8880 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8881 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8882 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8883 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8884 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8885 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8886 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8887 } 8888 } 8889 8890 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8891 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8892 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8893 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8894 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8895 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8896 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8897 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8898 << NewFD << R; 8899 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8900 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8901 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8902 } 8903 } 8904 return Redeclaration; 8905 } 8906 8907 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8908 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8909 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8910 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8911 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8912 // appear in a declaration of main. 8913 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8914 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8915 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8916 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8917 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8919 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8920 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8921 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8922 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8923 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8924 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8925 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8926 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8927 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8928 } 8929 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8930 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8931 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8932 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8933 } 8934 8935 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8936 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8937 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8938 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8939 return; 8940 } 8941 8942 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8943 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8944 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8945 8946 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8947 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8948 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8949 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8950 8951 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8952 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8953 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8954 else { 8955 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8956 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8957 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8958 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8959 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8960 } 8961 } else { 8962 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8963 // set the flag which tells us that. 8964 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8965 8966 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8967 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8968 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8969 else { 8970 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8971 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8972 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8973 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8974 : FixItHint()); 8975 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8976 } 8977 } 8978 8979 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8980 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8981 8982 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8983 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8984 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8985 8986 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8987 8988 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8989 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8990 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8991 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8992 } 8993 8994 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8995 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8996 // getting shifty. 8997 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8998 HasExtraParameters = false; 8999 9000 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9001 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9002 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9003 nparams = 3; 9004 } 9005 9006 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9007 // if we had some location information about types. 9008 9009 QualType CharPP = 9010 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9011 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9012 9013 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9014 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9015 9016 bool mismatch = true; 9017 9018 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9019 mismatch = false; 9020 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9021 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9022 // char const ** 9023 // char const * const * 9024 // char * const * 9025 9026 QualifierCollector qs; 9027 const PointerType* PT; 9028 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9029 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9030 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9031 Context.CharTy)) { 9032 qs.removeConst(); 9033 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9034 } 9035 } 9036 9037 if (mismatch) { 9038 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9039 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9040 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9041 } 9042 } 9043 9044 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9045 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9046 } 9047 9048 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9050 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9051 } 9052 } 9053 9054 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9055 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9056 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9057 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9058 9059 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9060 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9061 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9062 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9063 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9064 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9065 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9066 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9067 9068 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9069 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9070 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9071 } 9072 } 9073 9074 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9075 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9076 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9077 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9078 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9079 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9080 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9081 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9082 // rules there don't matter.) 9083 const Expr *Culprit; 9084 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9085 return false; 9086 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9087 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9088 return true; 9089 } 9090 9091 namespace { 9092 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9093 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9094 class SelfReferenceChecker 9095 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9096 Sema &S; 9097 Decl *OrigDecl; 9098 bool isRecordType; 9099 bool isPODType; 9100 bool isReferenceType; 9101 9102 bool isInitList; 9103 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9104 9105 public: 9106 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9107 9108 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9109 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9110 isPODType = false; 9111 isRecordType = false; 9112 isReferenceType = false; 9113 isInitList = false; 9114 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9115 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9116 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9117 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9118 } 9119 } 9120 9121 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9122 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9123 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9124 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9125 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9126 if (!InitList) { 9127 Visit(E); 9128 return; 9129 } 9130 9131 // Track and increment the index here. 9132 isInitList = true; 9133 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9134 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9135 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9136 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9137 } 9138 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9139 } 9140 9141 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9142 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9143 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9144 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9145 Expr *Base = E; 9146 bool ReferenceField = false; 9147 9148 // Get the field memebers used. 9149 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9150 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9151 if (!FD) 9152 return false; 9153 Fields.push_back(FD); 9154 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9155 ReferenceField = true; 9156 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9157 } 9158 9159 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9160 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9161 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9162 return false; 9163 9164 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9165 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9166 return true; 9167 9168 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9169 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9170 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9171 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9172 9173 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9174 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9175 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9176 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9177 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9178 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9179 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9180 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9181 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9182 return true; 9183 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9184 break; 9185 } 9186 9187 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9188 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9189 return true; 9190 } 9191 9192 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9193 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9194 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9195 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9196 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9197 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9198 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9199 return; 9200 } 9201 9202 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9203 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9204 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9205 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9206 return; 9207 } 9208 9209 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9210 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9211 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9212 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9213 return; 9214 } 9215 9216 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9217 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9218 return; 9219 } 9220 9221 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9222 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9223 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9224 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9225 return; 9226 } 9227 } 9228 9229 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9230 if (isInitList) { 9231 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9232 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9233 return; 9234 } 9235 9236 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9237 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9238 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9239 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9240 return; 9241 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9242 } 9243 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9244 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9245 return; 9246 } 9247 9248 Visit(E); 9249 } 9250 9251 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9252 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9253 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9254 if (isReferenceType) 9255 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9256 } 9257 9258 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9259 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9260 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9261 return; 9262 } 9263 9264 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9265 } 9266 9267 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9268 if (isInitList) { 9269 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9270 return; 9271 } 9272 9273 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9274 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9275 9276 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9277 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9278 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9279 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9280 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9281 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9282 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9283 Warn = false; 9284 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9285 } 9286 9287 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9288 if (Warn) 9289 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9290 return; 9291 } 9292 9293 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9294 // Visit that expression. 9295 Visit(Base); 9296 } 9297 9298 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9299 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9300 9301 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9302 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9303 9304 Visit(Callee); 9305 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9306 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9307 } 9308 9309 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9310 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9311 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9312 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9313 if (!isPODType) 9314 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9315 return; 9316 } 9317 9318 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9319 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9320 return; 9321 } 9322 9323 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9324 } 9325 9326 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9327 9328 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9329 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9330 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9331 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9332 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9333 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9334 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9335 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9336 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9337 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9338 return; 9339 } 9340 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9341 } 9342 9343 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9344 // Treat std::move as a use. 9345 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9346 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9347 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9348 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9349 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9350 return; 9351 } 9352 } 9353 } 9354 9355 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9356 } 9357 9358 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9359 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9360 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9361 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9362 return; 9363 } 9364 9365 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9366 } 9367 9368 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9369 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9370 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9371 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9372 Visit(E->getCond()); 9373 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9374 } 9375 9376 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9377 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9378 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9379 unsigned diag; 9380 if (isReferenceType) { 9381 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9382 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9383 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9384 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9385 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9386 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9387 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9388 } else { 9389 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9390 return; 9391 } 9392 9393 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9394 S.PDiag(diag) 9395 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9396 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9397 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9398 } 9399 }; 9400 9401 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9402 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9403 bool DirectInit) { 9404 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9405 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9406 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9407 return; 9408 9409 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9410 9411 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9412 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9413 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9414 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9415 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9416 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9417 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9418 return; 9419 9420 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9421 } 9422 } // end anonymous namespace 9423 9424 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9425 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9426 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9427 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9428 Expr *Init) { 9429 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9430 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9431 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9432 9433 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9434 if (DirectInit) { 9435 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9436 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9437 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9438 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9439 } 9440 9441 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9442 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9443 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9444 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9445 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9446 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9447 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9448 << Name << Type << Range; 9449 return QualType(); 9450 } 9451 9452 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9453 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9454 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9455 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9456 << Name << Type << Range; 9457 return QualType(); 9458 } 9459 9460 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9461 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9462 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9463 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9464 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9465 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9466 return QualType(); 9467 } 9468 9469 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9470 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9471 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9472 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9473 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9474 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9475 return QualType(); 9476 } 9477 Init = Result.get(); 9478 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9479 } 9480 9481 QualType DeducedType; 9482 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9483 if (!IsInitCapture) 9484 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9485 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9486 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9487 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9488 << Name 9489 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9490 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9491 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9492 else 9493 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9494 << Name << TSI->getType() 9495 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9496 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9497 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9498 } 9499 9500 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9501 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9502 // checks. 9503 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9504 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9505 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9506 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9507 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9508 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9509 } 9510 9511 return DeducedType; 9512 } 9513 9514 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9515 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9516 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9517 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9518 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9519 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9520 // the initializer. 9521 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9522 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9523 return; 9524 } 9525 9526 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9527 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9528 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9529 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9530 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9531 return; 9532 } 9533 9534 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9535 if (!VDecl) { 9536 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9537 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9538 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9539 return; 9540 } 9541 9542 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9543 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9544 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9545 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9546 // TypoExpr. 9547 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9548 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9549 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9550 return; 9551 } 9552 Init = Res.get(); 9553 9554 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9555 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9556 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9557 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9558 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9559 return; 9560 } 9561 9562 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9563 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9564 9565 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9566 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9568 9569 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9570 // the previously declared type. 9571 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9572 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9573 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9574 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9575 } 9576 9577 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9578 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9579 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9580 return; 9581 } 9582 9583 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9584 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9585 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9586 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9587 return; 9588 } 9589 9590 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9591 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9592 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9593 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9594 return; 9595 } 9596 9597 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9598 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9599 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9600 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9601 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9602 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9603 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9604 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9605 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9606 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9607 return; 9608 } 9609 9610 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9611 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9612 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9613 AbstractVariableType)) 9614 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9615 } 9616 9617 VarDecl *Def; 9618 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9619 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9620 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9621 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9622 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9623 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9624 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9625 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9626 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9627 } else { 9628 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9629 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9630 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9631 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9632 return; 9633 } 9634 } 9635 9636 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9637 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9638 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9639 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9640 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9641 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9642 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9643 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9644 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9645 // 9646 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9647 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9648 // declaration with an initializer. 9649 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9650 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9651 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9652 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9653 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9654 << 0; 9655 return; 9656 } 9657 9658 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9659 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9660 9661 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9662 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9663 return; 9664 } 9665 } 9666 9667 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9668 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9669 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9670 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9671 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9672 return; 9673 } 9674 9675 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9676 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9677 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9678 9679 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9680 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9681 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9682 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9683 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9684 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9685 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9686 return; 9687 } 9688 Init = Result.get(); 9689 } 9690 9691 // Perform the initialization. 9692 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9693 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9694 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9695 InitializationKind Kind = 9696 DirectInit 9697 ? CXXDirectInit 9698 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9699 Init->getLocStart(), 9700 Init->getLocEnd()) 9701 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9702 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9703 Init->getLocStart()); 9704 9705 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9706 if (CXXDirectInit) 9707 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9708 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9709 9710 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9711 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9712 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9713 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9714 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9715 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9716 }); 9717 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9718 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9719 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9720 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9721 } 9722 } 9723 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9724 return; 9725 9726 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9727 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9728 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9729 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9730 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9731 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9732 return; 9733 } 9734 9735 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9736 } 9737 9738 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9739 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9740 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9741 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9742 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9743 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9744 } 9745 9746 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9747 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9748 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9749 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9750 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9751 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9752 9753 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9754 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9755 9756 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9757 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9758 9759 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9760 // Although this code can still have problems: 9761 // id x = self.weakProp; 9762 // id y = self.weakProp; 9763 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9764 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9765 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9766 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9767 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9768 Init->getLocStart())) 9769 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9770 } 9771 9772 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9773 // 9774 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9775 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9776 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9777 // 9778 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9779 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9780 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9781 // 9782 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9783 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9784 false, 9785 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9786 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9787 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9788 return; 9789 } 9790 Init = Result.get(); 9791 9792 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9793 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9794 9795 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9796 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9797 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9798 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9799 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9800 const Expr *Culprit; 9801 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9802 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9803 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9804 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9805 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9806 // constant expressions. 9807 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9808 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9809 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9810 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9811 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9812 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9813 } 9814 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 9815 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9816 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9817 // 9818 // struct S { 9819 // static const int value = 17; 9820 // }; 9821 9822 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9823 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9824 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9825 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9826 // 9827 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9828 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 9829 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9830 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9831 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9832 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9833 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9834 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9835 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9836 9837 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9838 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9839 9840 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9841 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9842 // type. 9843 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9844 9845 // Require constness. 9846 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9847 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9848 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9849 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9850 9851 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9852 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9853 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9854 SourceLocation Loc; 9855 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9856 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9857 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9858 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9859 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9860 ; // Nothing to check. 9861 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9862 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9863 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9864 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9865 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9866 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9867 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9868 } else { 9869 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9870 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9871 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9872 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9873 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9874 } 9875 9876 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9877 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9878 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9879 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9881 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9882 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9883 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9884 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9885 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9886 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9887 } else { 9888 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9889 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9890 9891 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9892 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9893 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9894 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9895 } 9896 } 9897 9898 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9899 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9900 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9901 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9902 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9903 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9904 9905 } else { 9906 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9907 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9908 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9909 } 9910 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9911 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9912 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9913 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9914 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9915 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9916 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9917 9918 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9919 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9920 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9921 } 9922 9923 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9924 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9925 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9926 // 9927 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9928 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9929 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9930 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9931 // special case code. 9932 9933 // C++ 8.5p11: 9934 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9935 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9936 // class type. 9937 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9938 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9939 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9940 } else if (DirectInit) { 9941 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9942 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9943 } 9944 9945 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9946 } 9947 9948 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9949 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9950 /// of sanity. 9951 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9952 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9953 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9954 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9955 9956 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9957 if (!VD) return; 9958 9959 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9960 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9961 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9962 return; 9963 } 9964 9965 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9966 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9967 9968 // Require a complete type. 9969 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9970 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9971 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9972 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9973 return; 9974 } 9975 9976 // Require a non-abstract type. 9977 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9978 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9979 AbstractVariableType)) { 9980 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9981 return; 9982 } 9983 9984 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9985 // though. 9986 } 9987 9988 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9989 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9990 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9991 if (!RealDecl) 9992 return; 9993 9994 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9995 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9996 9997 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9998 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9999 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10000 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10001 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10002 return; 10003 } 10004 10005 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10006 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10007 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10008 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10009 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10010 // member. 10011 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10012 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10013 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10014 // a definition there. 10015 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10016 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10017 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10018 << Var->getDeclName(); 10019 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10020 return; 10021 } 10022 } else { 10023 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10024 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10025 return; 10026 } 10027 } 10028 10029 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10030 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10031 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10032 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10033 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10034 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10035 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10036 return; 10037 } 10038 } 10039 10040 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10041 // be initialized. 10042 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10043 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10044 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10045 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10046 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10047 return; 10048 } 10049 10050 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10051 case VarDecl::Definition: 10052 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10053 break; 10054 10055 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10056 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10057 // a declaration. 10058 // 10059 // Fall through 10060 10061 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10062 // It's only a declaration. 10063 10064 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10065 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10066 // object shall be complete. 10067 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10068 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10069 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10070 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10071 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10072 10073 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10074 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10075 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10076 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10077 AbstractVariableType)) 10078 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10079 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10080 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10081 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10082 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10083 } 10084 10085 return; 10086 10087 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10088 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10089 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10090 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10091 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10092 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10093 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10094 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10095 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10096 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10097 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10098 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10099 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10100 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10101 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10102 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10103 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10104 // NOTE: code such as the following 10105 // static struct s; 10106 // struct s { int a; }; 10107 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10108 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10109 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10110 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10111 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10112 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10113 } 10114 } 10115 10116 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10117 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10118 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10119 return; 10120 } 10121 10122 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10123 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10124 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10125 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10126 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10127 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10128 return; 10129 } 10130 10131 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10132 // definitions with reference type. 10133 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10134 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10135 << Var->getDeclName() 10136 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10137 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10138 return; 10139 } 10140 10141 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10142 // variable with dependent type. 10143 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10144 return; 10145 10146 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10147 return; 10148 10149 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10150 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10151 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10152 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10153 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10154 return; 10155 } 10156 } else { 10157 return; 10158 } 10159 10160 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10161 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10162 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10163 AbstractVariableType)) { 10164 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10165 return; 10166 } 10167 10168 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10169 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10170 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10171 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10172 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10173 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10174 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10175 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10176 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10177 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10179 if (const RecordType *Record 10180 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10181 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10182 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10183 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10184 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10185 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10186 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10187 } 10188 } 10189 10190 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10191 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10192 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10193 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10194 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10195 // type shall have a user-declared default 10196 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10197 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10198 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10199 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10200 // program is ill-formed. 10201 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10202 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10203 // default-initialized; [...]. 10204 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10205 InitializationKind Kind 10206 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10207 10208 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10209 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10210 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10211 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10212 else if (Init.get()) { 10213 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10214 // This is important for template substitution. 10215 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10216 } 10217 10218 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10219 } 10220 } 10221 10222 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10223 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10224 if (!D) 10225 return; 10226 10227 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10228 if (!VD) { 10229 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10230 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10231 return; 10232 } 10233 10234 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10235 10236 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10237 int Error = -1; 10238 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10239 case SC_None: 10240 break; 10241 case SC_Extern: 10242 Error = 0; 10243 break; 10244 case SC_Static: 10245 Error = 1; 10246 break; 10247 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10248 Error = 2; 10249 break; 10250 case SC_Auto: 10251 Error = 3; 10252 break; 10253 case SC_Register: 10254 Error = 4; 10255 break; 10256 } 10257 if (Error != -1) { 10258 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10259 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10260 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10261 } 10262 } 10263 10264 StmtResult 10265 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10266 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10267 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10268 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10269 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10270 // A range-based for statement of the form 10271 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10272 // is equivalent to 10273 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10274 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10275 10276 const char *PrevSpec; 10277 unsigned DiagID; 10278 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10279 getPrintingPolicy()); 10280 10281 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10282 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10283 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10284 10285 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10286 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10287 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10288 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10289 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10290 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10291 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10292 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10293 } 10294 10295 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10296 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10297 10298 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10299 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10300 // initialiser 10301 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10302 !var->hasInit()) { 10303 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10304 << 1 /*Init*/; 10305 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10306 return; 10307 } 10308 } 10309 10310 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10311 // local retaining variable. 10312 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10313 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10314 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10315 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10316 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10317 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10318 break; 10319 10320 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10321 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10322 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10323 break; 10324 } 10325 } 10326 10327 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10328 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10329 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10330 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10331 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10332 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10333 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10334 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10335 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10336 var->getLocation())) { 10337 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10338 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10339 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10340 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10341 10342 if (!prev) 10343 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10344 } 10345 10346 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10347 const Expr *Culprit; 10348 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10349 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10350 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10351 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10352 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10353 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10354 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10355 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10356 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10357 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10358 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10359 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10360 // initialization. 10361 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10362 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10363 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10364 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10365 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10366 } 10367 } 10368 10369 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10370 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10371 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10372 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10373 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10374 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10375 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10376 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10377 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10378 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10379 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10380 } else { 10381 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10382 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10383 } 10384 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10385 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10386 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10387 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10388 } 10389 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10390 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10391 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10392 10393 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10394 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10395 // attribute. 10396 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10397 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10398 CurInitSegLoc)); 10399 } 10400 10401 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10402 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10403 10404 QualType type = var->getType(); 10405 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10406 10407 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10408 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10409 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10410 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10411 10412 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10413 // constructing this copy. 10414 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10415 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10416 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10417 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10418 ExprResult result 10419 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10420 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10421 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10422 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10423 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10424 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10425 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10426 } 10427 } 10428 } 10429 10430 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10431 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10432 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10433 10434 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10435 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10436 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10437 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10438 var->getLocation())) { 10439 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10440 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10441 // warned about them. 10442 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10443 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10444 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10445 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10446 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10447 } 10448 10449 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10450 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10451 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10452 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10453 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10454 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10455 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10456 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10457 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10458 Notes.clear(); 10459 } 10460 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10461 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10462 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10463 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10464 } 10465 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10466 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10467 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10468 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10469 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10470 } 10471 } 10472 10473 // Require the destructor. 10474 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10475 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10476 10477 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10478 // module. 10479 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10480 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10481 } 10482 10483 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10484 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10485 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10486 return true; 10487 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10488 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10489 return true; 10490 return false; 10491 } 10492 10493 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10494 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10495 void 10496 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10497 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10498 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10499 10500 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10501 if (!VD) 10502 return; 10503 10504 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10505 10506 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10507 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10508 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10509 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10510 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10511 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10512 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10513 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10514 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10515 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10516 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10517 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10518 } 10519 } 10520 } 10521 10522 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10523 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10524 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10525 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10526 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10527 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10528 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10529 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10530 } 10531 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10532 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10533 // static storage class. 10534 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && 10535 (FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 10536 !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10537 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_device_static_local_var); 10538 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10539 } 10540 } 10541 } 10542 10543 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10544 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10545 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10546 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10547 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10548 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10549 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10550 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage() && 10551 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10552 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10553 assert((!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())); 10554 bool AllowedInit = false; 10555 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10556 AllowedInit = 10557 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10558 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10559 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10560 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10561 if (!AllowedInit && 10562 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10563 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10564 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10565 10566 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10567 if (AllowedInit) 10568 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10569 AllowedInit = 10570 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10571 10572 if (!AllowedInit) { 10573 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10574 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10575 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10576 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10577 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10578 } 10579 } 10580 } 10581 10582 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10583 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10584 10585 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10586 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10587 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10588 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10589 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10590 // with a warning. 10591 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10592 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10593 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10594 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10595 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10596 10597 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10598 IsClassTemplateMember 10599 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10600 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10601 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10602 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10603 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10604 } 10605 } 10606 10607 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10608 // isn't exported with the variable. 10609 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10610 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10611 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10612 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10613 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10614 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10615 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10616 } else { 10617 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10618 << DLLAttr; 10619 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10620 } 10621 } 10622 10623 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10624 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10625 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10626 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10627 } 10628 } 10629 10630 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10631 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10632 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10633 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10634 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10635 10636 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10637 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10638 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10639 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10640 10641 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10642 // tag values. 10643 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10644 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10645 return; 10646 10647 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10648 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10649 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10650 continue; 10651 } 10652 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10653 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10654 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10655 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10656 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10657 continue; 10658 } 10659 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10660 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10661 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10662 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10663 continue; 10664 } 10665 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10666 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10667 MagicValue, 10668 I->getMatchingCType(), 10669 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10670 I->getMustBeNull()); 10671 } 10672 } 10673 10674 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10675 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10676 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10677 10678 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10679 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10680 10681 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10682 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10683 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10684 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10685 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10686 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10687 Decls.push_back(D); 10688 } 10689 10690 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10691 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10692 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10693 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10694 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10695 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10696 } 10697 } 10698 10699 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10700 } 10701 10702 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10703 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10704 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10705 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10706 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10707 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10708 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10709 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10710 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10711 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10712 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10713 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10714 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10715 QualType Deduced; 10716 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10717 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10718 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10719 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10720 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10721 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10722 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10723 break; 10724 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10725 if (!U.isNull()) { 10726 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10727 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10728 Deduced = U; 10729 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10730 DeducedDecl = D; 10731 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10732 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10733 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10734 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10735 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10736 << U << D->getDeclName() 10737 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10738 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10739 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10740 break; 10741 } 10742 } 10743 } 10744 } 10745 } 10746 10747 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10748 10749 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10750 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10751 } 10752 10753 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10754 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10755 } 10756 10757 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10758 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10759 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10760 return; 10761 10762 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10763 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10764 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10765 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10766 return; 10767 10768 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10769 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10770 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10771 // additional declaration references: 10772 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10773 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10774 // 'struct S *pS;' 10775 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10776 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10777 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10778 Group = Group.slice(1); 10779 } 10780 } 10781 10782 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10783 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10784 if (!Comments.empty() && 10785 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10786 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10787 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10788 // 10789 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10790 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10791 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10792 // ahead through comments. 10793 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10794 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10795 } 10796 } 10797 10798 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10799 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10800 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10801 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10802 10803 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10804 10805 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10806 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10807 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10808 SC = SC_Register; 10809 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10810 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10811 SC = SC_Auto; 10812 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10813 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10814 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10815 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10816 } 10817 10818 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10819 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10820 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10821 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 10822 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 10823 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 10824 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10825 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10826 << 0; 10827 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10828 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10829 10830 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10831 10832 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10833 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10834 10835 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10836 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10837 // parameter. 10838 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10839 10840 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10841 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10842 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10843 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10844 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10845 } 10846 } 10847 10848 // Ensure we have a valid name 10849 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10850 if (D.hasName()) { 10851 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10852 if (!II) { 10853 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10854 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10855 D.setInvalidType(true); 10856 } 10857 } 10858 10859 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10860 if (II) { 10861 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10862 ForRedeclaration); 10863 LookupName(R, S); 10864 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10865 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10866 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10867 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10868 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10869 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10870 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10871 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10872 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10873 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10874 10875 // Recover by removing the name 10876 II = nullptr; 10877 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10878 D.setInvalidType(true); 10879 } 10880 } 10881 } 10882 10883 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10884 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10885 // looking like class members in C++. 10886 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10887 D.getLocStart(), 10888 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10889 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10890 SC); 10891 10892 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10893 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10894 10895 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10896 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10897 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10898 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10899 10900 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10901 S->AddDecl(New); 10902 if (II) 10903 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10904 10905 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10906 10907 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10908 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10909 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10910 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10911 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10912 10913 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10914 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10915 } 10916 return New; 10917 } 10918 10919 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10920 /// typedef. 10921 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10922 SourceLocation Loc, 10923 QualType T) { 10924 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10925 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10926 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10927 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10928 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10929 SC_None, nullptr); 10930 Param->setImplicit(); 10931 return Param; 10932 } 10933 10934 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 10935 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10936 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10937 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10938 return; 10939 10940 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 10941 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 10942 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10943 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10944 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 10945 } 10946 } 10947 } 10948 10949 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 10950 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 10951 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10952 return; 10953 10954 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10955 // threshold. 10956 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10957 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10958 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10959 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10960 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10961 } 10962 10963 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10964 // threshold. 10965 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 10966 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 10967 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10968 continue; 10969 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10970 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10971 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10972 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 10973 } 10974 } 10975 10976 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10977 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10978 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10979 StorageClass SC) { 10980 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10981 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10982 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10983 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10984 10985 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10986 10987 // Special cases for arrays: 10988 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10989 // - otherwise, it's an error 10990 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10991 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10992 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10993 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10994 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10995 } 10996 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10997 } else { 10998 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10999 } 11000 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11001 } 11002 11003 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11004 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11005 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11006 11007 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11008 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11009 // the class has been completely parsed. 11010 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11011 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11012 AbstractParamType)) 11013 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11014 11015 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11016 // passed by reference. 11017 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11018 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11019 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11020 Diag(NameLoc, 11021 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11022 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11023 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11024 New->setType(T); 11025 } 11026 11027 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11028 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11029 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11030 // an address space. 11031 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11032 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11033 // to be qualified with an address space. 11034 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11035 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11036 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11037 } 11038 } 11039 11040 return New; 11041 } 11042 11043 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11044 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11045 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11046 11047 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11048 // for a K&R function. 11049 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11050 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11051 --i; 11052 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11053 SmallString<256> Code; 11054 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11055 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11056 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11057 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11058 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11059 11060 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11061 // type. 11062 AttributeFactory attrs; 11063 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11064 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11065 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11066 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11067 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11068 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11069 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11070 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11071 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11072 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11073 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11074 } 11075 } 11076 } 11077 } 11078 11079 Decl * 11080 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11081 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11082 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11083 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11084 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11085 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11086 11087 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11088 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11089 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11090 } 11091 11092 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11093 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11094 } 11095 11096 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11097 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11098 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11099 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11100 return false; 11101 11102 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11103 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11104 return false; 11105 11106 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11107 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11108 return false; 11109 11110 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11111 if (FD->isMain()) 11112 return false; 11113 11114 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11115 if (FD->isInlined()) 11116 return false; 11117 11118 // Don't warn about function templates. 11119 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11120 return false; 11121 11122 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11123 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11124 return false; 11125 11126 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11127 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11128 return false; 11129 11130 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11131 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11132 return false; 11133 11134 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11135 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11136 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11137 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11138 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11139 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11140 continue; 11141 11142 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11143 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11144 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11145 break; 11146 } 11147 11148 return MissingPrototype; 11149 } 11150 11151 void 11152 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11153 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11154 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11155 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11156 // was an extern inline function. 11157 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11158 if (!Definition) 11159 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11160 return; 11161 11162 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11163 return; 11164 11165 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11166 // a template, skip the new definition. 11167 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11168 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11169 Definition->isInlined() || 11170 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11171 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11172 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11173 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11174 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11175 else 11176 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11177 FD->getLocation()); 11178 return; 11179 } 11180 11181 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11182 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11183 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11184 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11185 else 11186 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11187 11188 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11189 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11190 } 11191 11192 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11193 Sema &S) { 11194 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11195 11196 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11197 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11198 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11199 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11200 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11201 11202 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11203 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11204 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11205 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11206 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11207 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11208 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11209 11210 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11211 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11212 11213 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11214 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11215 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11216 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11217 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11218 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11219 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11220 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11221 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11222 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11223 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11224 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11225 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11226 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11227 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11228 11229 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11230 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11231 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11232 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11233 } else { 11234 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11235 } 11236 ++I; 11237 } 11238 } 11239 11240 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11241 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11242 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11243 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11244 11245 if (!D) 11246 return D; 11247 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11248 11249 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11250 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11251 else 11252 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11253 11254 // See if this is a redefinition. 11255 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11256 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11257 11258 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11259 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11260 return D; 11261 } 11262 11263 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11264 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11265 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11266 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11267 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11268 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11269 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11270 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11271 // have the LSI properly restored. 11272 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11273 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11274 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11275 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11276 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11277 } 11278 else 11279 // Enter a new function scope 11280 PushFunctionScope(); 11281 11282 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11283 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11284 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11285 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11286 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11287 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11288 } 11289 } 11290 11291 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11292 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11293 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11294 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11295 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11296 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11297 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11298 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11299 11300 if (FnBodyScope) 11301 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11302 11303 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11304 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11305 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11306 11307 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11308 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11309 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11310 11311 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11312 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11313 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11314 11315 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11316 } 11317 } 11318 11319 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11320 // introduce them into the function scope. 11321 if (FnBodyScope) { 11322 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11323 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11324 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11325 I != E; ++I) { 11326 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11327 11328 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11329 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11330 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11331 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11332 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11333 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11334 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11335 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11336 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11337 } 11338 11339 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11340 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11341 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11342 11343 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11344 // accessible in this scope. 11345 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11346 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11347 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11348 } 11349 } 11350 } 11351 11352 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11353 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11354 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11355 11356 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11357 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11358 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11359 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11360 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11361 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11362 return D; 11363 } 11364 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11365 // a function template). 11366 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11367 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11368 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11369 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11370 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11371 11372 return D; 11373 } 11374 11375 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11376 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11377 /// optimization. 11378 /// 11379 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11380 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11381 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11382 /// use the named return value optimization. 11383 /// 11384 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11385 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11386 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11387 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11388 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11389 11390 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11391 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11392 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11393 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11394 } 11395 } 11396 } 11397 11398 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11399 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11400 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11401 return false; 11402 11403 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11404 // return type (yet). 11405 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11406 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11407 // we can still delay parsing it. 11408 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11409 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11410 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11411 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11412 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11413 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11414 } 11415 } 11416 return false; 11417 } 11418 11419 return true; 11420 } 11421 11422 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11423 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11424 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11425 // rest of the file. 11426 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11427 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11428 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11429 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11430 return false; 11431 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11432 } 11433 11434 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11435 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11436 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11437 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11438 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11439 return Decl; 11440 } 11441 11442 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11443 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11444 } 11445 11446 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11447 bool IsInstantiation) { 11448 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11449 11450 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11451 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11452 11453 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11454 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11455 11456 if (FD) { 11457 FD->setBody(Body); 11458 11459 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11460 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11461 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11462 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11463 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11464 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11465 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11466 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11467 << FD->getReturnType(); 11468 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11469 } else { 11470 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11471 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11472 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11473 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11474 } 11475 } 11476 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11477 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11478 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11479 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11480 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11481 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11482 11483 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11484 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11485 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11486 QualType RetType = 11487 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11488 11489 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11490 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11491 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11492 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11493 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11494 } 11495 } 11496 11497 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11498 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11499 // is the first declaration. 11500 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11501 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11502 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11503 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11504 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11505 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11506 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11507 } 11508 11509 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11510 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11511 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11512 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11513 11514 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11515 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11516 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11517 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11518 11519 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11520 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11521 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11522 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11523 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11524 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11525 11526 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11527 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11528 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11529 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11530 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11531 11532 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11533 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11534 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11535 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11536 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11537 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11538 } 11539 11540 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11541 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11542 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11543 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11544 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11545 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11546 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11547 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11548 11549 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11550 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11551 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11552 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11553 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11554 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11555 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11556 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11557 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11558 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11559 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11560 } 11561 } 11562 } 11563 11564 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11565 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11566 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11567 MD->isVirtual() && 11568 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11569 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11570 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11571 if (FD->isInlined() && 11572 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11573 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11574 11575 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11576 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11577 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11578 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11579 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11580 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11581 } else { 11582 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11583 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11584 } 11585 } 11586 } 11587 11588 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11589 "Function parsing confused"); 11590 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11591 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11592 MD->setBody(Body); 11593 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11594 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11595 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11596 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11597 11598 if (Body) 11599 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11600 } 11601 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11602 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11603 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11604 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11605 } 11606 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11607 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11608 bool isDesignated = 11609 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11610 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11611 (void)isDesignated; 11612 11613 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11614 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11615 if (!IFace) 11616 return false; 11617 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11618 if (!SuperD) 11619 return false; 11620 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11621 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11622 }; 11623 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11624 // of NSObject. 11625 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11626 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11627 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11628 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11629 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11630 } 11631 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11632 } 11633 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11634 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11635 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11636 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11637 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11638 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11639 } 11640 } else { 11641 return nullptr; 11642 } 11643 11644 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11645 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11646 "handled in the block above."); 11647 11648 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11649 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11650 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11651 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11652 // Verify this. 11653 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11654 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11655 11656 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11657 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11658 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11659 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11660 11661 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11662 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11663 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11664 11665 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11666 Destructor->getParent()); 11667 } 11668 11669 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11670 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11671 // deletion in some later function. 11672 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11673 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11674 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11675 } 11676 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11677 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11678 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11679 // enabled. 11680 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11681 } 11682 11683 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11684 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11685 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11686 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11687 11688 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11689 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11690 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11691 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11692 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11693 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11694 break; 11695 } 11696 } 11697 } 11698 11699 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11700 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11701 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11702 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11703 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11704 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11705 } 11706 11707 if (!IsInstantiation) 11708 PopDeclContext(); 11709 11710 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11711 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11712 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11713 // deletion in some later function. 11714 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11715 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11716 } 11717 11718 return dcl; 11719 } 11720 11721 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11722 /// relevant Decl. 11723 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11724 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11725 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11726 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11727 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11728 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11729 11730 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11731 if (Method->isStatic()) 11732 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11733 } 11734 11735 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11736 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11737 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11738 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11739 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11740 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11741 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11742 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11743 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11744 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11745 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11746 return ExternCPrev; 11747 } 11748 11749 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11750 unsigned diag_id; 11751 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11752 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11753 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11754 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11755 else 11756 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11757 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11758 11759 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11760 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11761 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11762 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11763 if (S && 11764 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11765 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11766 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11767 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11768 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11769 } 11770 11771 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11772 const char *Dummy; 11773 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11774 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11775 unsigned DiagID; 11776 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11777 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11778 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11779 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11780 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11781 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11782 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11783 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11784 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11785 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11786 /*NumParams=*/0, 11787 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11788 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11789 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11790 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11791 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11792 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11793 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11794 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11795 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11796 EST_None, 11797 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11798 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11799 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11800 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11801 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11802 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11803 Loc, Loc, D), 11804 DS.getAttributes(), 11805 SourceLocation()); 11806 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11807 11808 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11809 11810 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11811 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11812 11813 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11814 FD->setImplicit(); 11815 11816 CurContext = PrevDC; 11817 11818 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11819 11820 return FD; 11821 } 11822 11823 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11824 /// the declaration of this function. 11825 /// 11826 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11827 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11828 /// like NSLog or printf. 11829 /// 11830 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11831 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11832 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11833 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11834 return; 11835 11836 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11837 // actual attributes. 11838 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11839 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11840 unsigned FormatIdx; 11841 bool HasVAListArg; 11842 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11843 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11844 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11845 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11846 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11847 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11848 fmt = "NSString"; 11849 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11850 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11851 FormatIdx+1, 11852 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11853 FD->getLocation())); 11854 } 11855 } 11856 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11857 HasVAListArg)) { 11858 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11859 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11860 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11861 FormatIdx+1, 11862 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11863 FD->getLocation())); 11864 } 11865 11866 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11867 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11868 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11869 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11870 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11871 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11872 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11873 } 11874 11875 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11876 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11877 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11878 FD->getLocation())); 11879 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11880 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11881 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 11882 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11883 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11884 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11885 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11886 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11887 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11888 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11889 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11890 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11891 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11892 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11893 else 11894 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11895 } 11896 } 11897 11898 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11899 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11900 // across. 11901 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11902 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11903 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11904 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11905 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11906 } 11907 11908 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11909 if (!Name) 11910 return; 11911 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11912 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11913 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11914 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11915 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11916 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11917 // about. 11918 } else 11919 return; 11920 11921 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11922 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11923 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11924 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11925 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11926 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11927 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11928 FD->getLocation())); 11929 } 11930 11931 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11932 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11933 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11934 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11935 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11936 FD->getLocation())); 11937 } 11938 } 11939 11940 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11941 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11942 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11943 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11944 11945 if (!TInfo) { 11946 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11947 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11948 } 11949 11950 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11951 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11952 D.getLocStart(), 11953 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11954 D.getIdentifier(), 11955 TInfo); 11956 11957 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11958 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11959 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11960 return NewTD; 11961 } 11962 11963 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11964 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11965 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11966 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11967 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11968 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11969 else 11970 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11971 } 11972 11973 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11974 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11975 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11976 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11977 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11978 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11979 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11980 case TST_enum: 11981 case TST_struct: 11982 case TST_interface: 11983 case TST_union: 11984 case TST_class: { 11985 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11986 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11987 break; 11988 } 11989 11990 default: 11991 break; 11992 } 11993 11994 return NewTD; 11995 } 11996 11997 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11998 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11999 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12000 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12001 12002 if (T->isDependentType()) 12003 return false; 12004 12005 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12006 if (BT->isInteger()) 12007 return false; 12008 12009 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12010 return true; 12011 } 12012 12013 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12014 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12015 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12016 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12017 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12018 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12019 12020 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12021 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12022 << Prev->isScoped(); 12023 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12024 return true; 12025 } 12026 12027 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12028 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12029 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12030 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12031 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12032 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12033 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12034 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12035 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12036 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12037 return true; 12038 } 12039 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12040 ; 12041 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12042 ; 12043 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12044 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12045 << Prev->isFixed(); 12046 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12047 return true; 12048 } 12049 12050 return false; 12051 } 12052 12053 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12054 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12055 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12056 /// 12057 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12058 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12059 switch (Tag) { 12060 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12061 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12062 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12063 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12064 } 12065 } 12066 12067 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12068 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12069 /// 12070 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12071 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12072 { 12073 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12074 } 12075 12076 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12077 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12078 /// 12079 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12080 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12081 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12082 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12083 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12084 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12085 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12086 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12087 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12088 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12089 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12090 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12091 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12092 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12093 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12094 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12095 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12096 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12097 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12098 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12099 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12100 return true; 12101 12102 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12103 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12104 bool isTemplate = false; 12105 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12106 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12107 12108 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12109 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12110 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12111 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12112 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12113 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12114 return true; 12115 } 12116 12117 if (isDefinition) { 12118 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12119 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12120 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12121 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12122 return true; 12123 } 12124 12125 bool previousMismatch = false; 12126 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12127 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12128 if (!previousMismatch) { 12129 previousMismatch = true; 12130 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12131 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12132 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12133 } 12134 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12135 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12136 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12137 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12138 } 12139 } 12140 return true; 12141 } 12142 12143 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12144 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12145 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12146 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12147 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12148 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12149 return true; 12150 } 12151 12152 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12153 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12154 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12155 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12156 12157 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12158 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12159 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12160 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12161 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12162 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12163 } 12164 12165 return true; 12166 } 12167 return false; 12168 } 12169 12170 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12171 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12172 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12173 /// namespace N { 12174 /// struct X; 12175 /// namespace M { 12176 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12177 /// } 12178 /// } 12179 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12180 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12181 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12182 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12183 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12184 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12185 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12186 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12187 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12188 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12189 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12190 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12191 return FixItHint(); 12192 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12193 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12194 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12195 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12196 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12197 break; 12198 } 12199 12200 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12201 // build an NNS. 12202 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12203 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12204 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12205 OS << "::"; 12206 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12207 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12208 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12209 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12210 } 12211 12212 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12213 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12214 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12215 /// using-declaration). 12216 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12217 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12218 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12219 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12220 12221 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12222 return true; 12223 12224 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12225 // encloses the other). 12226 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12227 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12228 return true; 12229 12230 return false; 12231 } 12232 12233 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12234 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12235 /// nothing. 12236 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12237 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12238 DC = DC->getParent(); 12239 return DC; 12240 } 12241 12242 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12243 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12244 /// nothing. 12245 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12246 while (S->isClassScope() || 12247 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12248 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12249 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12250 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12251 S = S->getParent(); 12252 return S; 12253 } 12254 12255 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12256 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12257 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12258 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12259 /// 12260 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12261 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12262 /// 12263 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12264 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12265 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12266 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12267 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12268 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12269 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12270 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12271 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12272 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12273 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12274 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12275 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12276 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12277 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12278 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12279 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12280 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12281 12282 OwnedDecl = false; 12283 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12284 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12285 12286 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12287 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12288 bool Invalid = false; 12289 12290 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12291 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12292 // for non-C++ cases. 12293 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12294 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12295 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12296 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12297 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12298 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12299 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12300 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12301 return nullptr; 12302 } 12303 12304 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12305 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12306 // be a member of another template). 12307 12308 if (Invalid) 12309 return nullptr; 12310 12311 OwnedDecl = false; 12312 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12313 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12314 TemplateParams, AS, 12315 ModulePrivateLoc, 12316 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12317 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12318 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12319 SkipBody); 12320 return Result.get(); 12321 } else { 12322 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12323 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12324 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12325 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12326 } 12327 } 12328 } 12329 12330 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12331 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12332 // redeclaration. 12333 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12334 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12335 12336 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12337 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12338 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12339 // type, default to int. 12340 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12341 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12342 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12343 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12344 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12345 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12346 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12347 12348 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12349 // Recover by falling back to int. 12350 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12351 12352 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12353 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12354 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12355 12356 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12357 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12358 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12359 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12360 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12361 } 12362 } 12363 } 12364 12365 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12366 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12367 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12368 12369 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12370 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12371 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12372 12373 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12374 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12375 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12376 12377 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12378 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12379 Name = nullptr; 12380 goto CreateNewDecl; 12381 } 12382 12383 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12384 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12385 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12386 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12387 if (!DC) { 12388 IsDependent = true; 12389 return nullptr; 12390 } 12391 } else { 12392 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12393 if (!DC) { 12394 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12395 << SS.getRange(); 12396 return nullptr; 12397 } 12398 } 12399 12400 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12401 return nullptr; 12402 12403 SearchDC = DC; 12404 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12405 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12406 12407 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12408 return nullptr; 12409 12410 if (Previous.empty()) { 12411 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12412 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12413 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12414 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12415 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12416 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12417 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12418 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12419 IsDependent = true; 12420 return nullptr; 12421 } 12422 12423 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12424 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12425 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12426 Name = nullptr; 12427 Invalid = true; 12428 goto CreateNewDecl; 12429 } 12430 } else if (Name) { 12431 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12432 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12433 // name different from T: 12434 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12435 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12436 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12437 return nullptr; 12438 12439 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12440 // declaration or definition. 12441 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12442 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12443 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12444 LookupName(Previous, S); 12445 12446 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12447 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12448 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12449 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12450 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12451 while (F.hasNext()) { 12452 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12453 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12454 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12455 F.erase(); 12456 } 12457 F.done(); 12458 } 12459 12460 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12461 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12462 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12463 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12464 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12465 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12466 // 12467 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12468 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12469 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12470 // 12471 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12472 // semantic context? 12473 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12474 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12475 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12476 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12477 while (F.hasNext()) { 12478 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12479 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12480 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12481 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12482 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12483 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12484 else 12485 F.erase(); 12486 } 12487 } 12488 F.done(); 12489 12490 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12491 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12492 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12493 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12494 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12495 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12496 } 12497 } 12498 12499 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12500 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12501 return nullptr; 12502 12503 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12504 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12505 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12506 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12507 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12508 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12509 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12510 } 12511 } 12512 12513 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12514 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12515 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12516 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12517 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12518 Previous.clear(); 12519 } 12520 12521 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12522 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12523 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12524 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12525 12526 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12527 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12528 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12529 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12530 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12531 } 12532 } 12533 12534 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12535 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12536 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12537 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12538 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12539 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12540 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12541 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12542 12543 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12544 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12545 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12546 // 12547 // class-key identifier 12548 // 12549 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12550 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12551 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12552 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12553 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12554 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12555 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12556 // declaration. 12557 // 12558 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12559 // C structs and unions. 12560 // 12561 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12562 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12563 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12564 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12565 // 12566 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12567 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12568 // 12569 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12570 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12571 // lexical context, 12572 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12573 12574 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12575 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12576 } else { 12577 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12578 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12579 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12580 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12581 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12582 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12583 } 12584 12585 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12586 // diagnose some problems. 12587 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12588 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12589 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12590 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12591 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12592 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12593 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12594 } else { 12595 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12596 LookupName(Previous, S); 12597 } 12598 } 12599 12600 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12601 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12602 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12603 12604 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12605 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12606 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12607 12608 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12609 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12610 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12611 // in C++. 12612 // 12613 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12614 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12615 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12616 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12617 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12618 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12619 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12620 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12621 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12622 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12623 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12624 PrevDecl = Tag; 12625 Previous.clear(); 12626 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12627 Previous.resolveKind(); 12628 } 12629 } 12630 } 12631 } 12632 12633 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12634 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12635 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12636 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12637 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12638 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12639 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12640 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12641 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12642 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12643 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12644 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12645 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12646 << 0; 12647 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12648 Previous.clear(); 12649 goto CreateNewDecl; 12650 } 12651 } 12652 12653 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12654 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12655 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12656 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12657 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12658 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12659 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12660 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12661 // struct or something similar. 12662 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12663 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12664 Name)) { 12665 bool SafeToContinue 12666 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12667 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12668 if (SafeToContinue) 12669 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12670 << Name 12671 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12672 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12673 else 12674 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12675 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12676 12677 if (SafeToContinue) 12678 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12679 else { 12680 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12681 Name = nullptr; 12682 Previous.clear(); 12683 Invalid = true; 12684 } 12685 } 12686 12687 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12688 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12689 12690 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12691 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12692 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12693 if (ScopedEnum) 12694 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12695 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12696 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12697 return PrevTagDecl; 12698 } 12699 12700 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12701 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12702 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12703 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12704 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12705 12706 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12707 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12708 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12709 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12710 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12711 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12712 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12713 } 12714 12715 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12716 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12717 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12718 // and then later defined. 12719 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12720 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12721 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12722 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12723 } 12724 12725 if (!Invalid) { 12726 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12727 // we have attributes. 12728 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12729 if (Attr) { 12730 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12731 // declaration to hold them. 12732 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12733 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12734 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12735 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12736 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12737 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12738 SS.isEmpty()) { 12739 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12740 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12741 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12742 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12743 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12744 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12745 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12746 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12747 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12748 return PrevTagDecl; 12749 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12750 // that scope. 12751 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12752 } else { 12753 return PrevTagDecl; 12754 } 12755 } 12756 12757 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12758 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12759 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12760 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12761 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12762 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12763 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12764 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12765 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12766 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12767 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12768 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12769 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12770 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12771 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12772 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12773 } 12774 12775 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12776 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12777 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12778 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12779 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12780 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12781 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12782 // use it in place of this one. 12783 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12784 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12785 return Def; 12786 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12787 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12788 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12789 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12790 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12791 else 12792 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12793 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12794 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12795 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12796 // references get the previous definition. 12797 Name = nullptr; 12798 Previous.clear(); 12799 Invalid = true; 12800 } 12801 } else { 12802 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12803 // about a nested redefinition. 12804 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12805 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12806 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12807 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12808 diag::note_previous_definition); 12809 Name = nullptr; 12810 Previous.clear(); 12811 Invalid = true; 12812 } 12813 } 12814 12815 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12816 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12817 } 12818 12819 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12820 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12821 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12822 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12823 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12824 AS = AS_none; 12825 } 12826 } 12827 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12828 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12829 12830 } else { 12831 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12832 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12833 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12834 // have distinct types. 12835 Previous.clear(); 12836 } 12837 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12838 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12839 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12840 12841 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12842 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12843 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12844 } else { 12845 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12846 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12847 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12848 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12849 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12850 unsigned Kind = 0; 12851 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12852 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12853 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12854 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12855 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12856 Invalid = true; 12857 12858 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12859 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12860 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12861 // do nothing 12862 12863 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12864 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12865 unsigned Kind = 0; 12866 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12867 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12868 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12869 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12870 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12871 Invalid = true; 12872 12873 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12874 // case here. 12875 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12876 unsigned Kind = 0; 12877 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12878 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12879 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12880 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12881 Invalid = true; 12882 12883 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12884 } else { 12885 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12886 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12887 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12888 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12889 Name = nullptr; 12890 Invalid = true; 12891 } 12892 12893 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12894 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12895 Previous.clear(); 12896 } 12897 } 12898 12899 CreateNewDecl: 12900 12901 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12902 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12903 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12904 12905 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12906 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12907 // keyword. 12908 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12909 12910 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12911 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12912 // PrevDecl. 12913 TagDecl *New; 12914 12915 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12916 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12917 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12918 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12919 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12920 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12921 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12922 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12923 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12924 TagDecl *Def; 12925 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12926 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12927 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12928 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12929 } 12930 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12931 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12932 << New; 12933 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12934 } else { 12935 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12936 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12937 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12938 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12939 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12940 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12941 12942 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12943 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12944 // the declaration context. 12945 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12946 IsForwardReference = true; 12947 } 12948 } 12949 12950 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12951 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12952 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12953 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12954 else 12955 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12956 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12957 } 12958 } else { 12959 // struct/union/class 12960 12961 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12962 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12964 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12965 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12966 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12967 12968 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12969 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12970 } else 12971 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12972 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12973 } 12974 12975 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12976 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12979 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12980 Invalid = true; 12981 } 12982 12983 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12984 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12985 if (SS.isSet()) { 12986 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12987 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12988 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12989 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12990 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12991 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12992 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12993 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12994 Invalid = true; 12995 12996 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12997 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12998 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12999 } 13000 } 13001 else 13002 Invalid = true; 13003 } 13004 13005 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13006 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13007 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13008 // 13009 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13010 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13011 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13012 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13013 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13014 // parsing of the struct). 13015 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13016 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13017 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13018 } 13019 } 13020 13021 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13022 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13023 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13024 << 2 13025 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13026 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13027 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13028 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13029 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13030 New->setModulePrivate(); 13031 } 13032 13033 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13034 // check the specialization. 13035 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13036 Invalid = true; 13037 13038 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13039 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13040 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13041 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13042 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13043 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13044 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13045 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13046 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13048 << Name; 13049 Invalid = true; 13050 } 13051 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13052 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13053 } 13054 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 13055 } 13056 13057 if (Invalid) 13058 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13059 13060 if (Attr) 13061 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13062 13063 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13064 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13065 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13066 13067 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13068 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13069 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13070 // the tag name visible. 13071 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13072 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13073 13074 // Set the access specifier. 13075 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13076 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13077 13078 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13079 New->startDefinition(); 13080 13081 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13082 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13083 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13084 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13085 if (PrevDecl) 13086 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13087 13088 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13089 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13090 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13091 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13092 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13093 } else if (Name) { 13094 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13095 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13096 if (IsForwardReference) 13097 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13098 } else { 13099 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13100 } 13101 13102 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13103 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13104 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13105 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13106 II->isStr("FILE")) 13107 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13108 13109 if (PrevDecl) 13110 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13111 13112 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13113 // record. 13114 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13115 13116 OwnedDecl = true; 13117 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13118 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13119 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13120 } 13121 13122 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13123 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13124 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13125 13126 // Enter the tag context. 13127 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13128 13129 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13130 13131 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13132 // record. 13133 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13134 } 13135 13136 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13137 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13138 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13139 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13140 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13141 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13142 CurContext = OCD; 13143 return IDecl; 13144 } 13145 13146 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13147 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13148 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13149 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13150 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13151 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13152 13153 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13154 13155 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13156 return; 13157 13158 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13159 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13160 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13161 13162 // C++ [class]p2: 13163 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13164 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13165 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13166 // as if it were a public member name. 13167 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13168 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13169 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13170 Record->getIdentifier(), 13171 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13172 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13173 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13174 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13175 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13176 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13177 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13178 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13179 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13180 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13181 } 13182 13183 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13184 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13185 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13186 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13187 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13188 13189 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13190 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13191 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13192 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13193 RD->completeDefinition(); 13194 } 13195 13196 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13197 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13198 13199 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13200 PopDeclContext(); 13201 13202 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13203 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13204 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13205 13206 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13207 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13208 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13209 } 13210 13211 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13212 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13213 PopDeclContext(); 13214 } 13215 13216 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13217 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13218 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13219 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13220 } 13221 13222 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13223 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13224 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13225 } 13226 13227 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13228 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13229 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13230 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13231 13232 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13233 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13234 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13235 RD->completeDefinition(); 13236 } 13237 13238 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13239 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13240 // the FieldCollector. 13241 13242 PopDeclContext(); 13243 } 13244 13245 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13246 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13247 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13248 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13249 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13250 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13251 if (ZeroWidth) 13252 *ZeroWidth = true; 13253 13254 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13255 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13256 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13257 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13258 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13259 return ExprError(); 13260 if (FieldName) 13261 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13262 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13263 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13264 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13265 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13266 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13267 return ExprError(); 13268 13269 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13270 // it now. 13271 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13272 return BitWidth; 13273 13274 llvm::APSInt Value; 13275 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13276 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13277 return ICE; 13278 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13279 13280 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13281 *ZeroWidth = false; 13282 13283 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13284 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13285 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13286 13287 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13288 if (FieldName) 13289 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13290 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13291 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13292 << Value.toString(10); 13293 } 13294 13295 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13296 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13297 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13298 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13299 13300 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13301 // ABI. 13302 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13303 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13304 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13305 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13306 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13307 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13308 unsigned DiagWidth = 13309 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13310 if (FieldName) 13311 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13312 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13313 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13314 13315 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13316 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13317 << DiagWidth; 13318 } 13319 13320 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13321 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13322 // 'bool'. 13323 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13324 if (FieldName) 13325 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13326 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13327 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13328 else 13329 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13330 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13331 } 13332 } 13333 13334 return BitWidth; 13335 } 13336 13337 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13338 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13339 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13340 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13341 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13342 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13343 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13344 return Res; 13345 } 13346 13347 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13348 /// 13349 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13350 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13351 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13352 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13353 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13354 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13355 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13356 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13357 13358 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13359 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13361 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13362 13363 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13364 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13365 D.setInvalidType(); 13366 T = Context.IntTy; 13367 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13368 } 13369 } 13370 13371 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13372 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13374 D.setInvalidType(); 13375 } 13376 13377 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13378 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13379 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13380 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13381 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13382 D.setInvalidType(); 13383 } 13384 13385 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13386 13387 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13388 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13389 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13390 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13391 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13392 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13393 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13394 13395 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13396 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13397 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13398 LookupName(Previous, S); 13399 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13400 case LookupResult::Found: 13401 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13402 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13403 break; 13404 13405 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13406 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13407 break; 13408 13409 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13410 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13411 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13412 break; 13413 } 13414 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13415 13416 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13417 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13418 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13419 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13420 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13421 } 13422 13423 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13424 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13425 13426 bool Mutable 13427 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13428 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13429 FieldDecl *NewFD 13430 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13431 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13432 13433 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13434 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13435 13436 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13437 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13438 13439 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13440 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13441 // with the same name in the same scope. 13442 } else if (II) { 13443 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13444 } else 13445 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13446 13447 return NewFD; 13448 } 13449 13450 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13451 /// 13452 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13453 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13454 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13455 /// created. 13456 /// 13457 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13458 /// 13459 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13460 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13461 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13462 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13463 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13464 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13465 SourceLocation TSSL, 13466 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13467 Declarator *D) { 13468 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13469 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13470 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13471 13472 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13473 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13474 if (T.isNull()) { 13475 InvalidDecl = true; 13476 T = Context.IntTy; 13477 } 13478 13479 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13480 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13481 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13482 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13483 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13484 InvalidDecl = true; 13485 } else { 13486 NamedDecl *Def; 13487 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13488 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13489 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13490 InvalidDecl = true; 13491 } 13492 } 13493 } 13494 13495 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13496 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13497 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13498 InvalidDecl = true; 13499 } 13500 13501 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13502 // than a variably modified type. 13503 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13504 bool SizeIsNegative; 13505 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13506 13507 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13508 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13509 SizeIsNegative, 13510 Oversized); 13511 if (FixedTInfo) { 13512 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13513 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13514 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13515 } else { 13516 if (SizeIsNegative) 13517 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13518 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13519 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13520 << Oversized.toString(10); 13521 else 13522 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13523 InvalidDecl = true; 13524 } 13525 } 13526 13527 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13528 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13529 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13530 AbstractFieldType)) 13531 InvalidDecl = true; 13532 13533 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13534 if (InvalidDecl) 13535 BitWidth = nullptr; 13536 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13537 if (BitWidth) { 13538 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13539 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13540 if (!BitWidth) { 13541 InvalidDecl = true; 13542 BitWidth = nullptr; 13543 ZeroWidth = false; 13544 } 13545 } 13546 13547 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13548 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13549 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13550 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13551 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13552 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13553 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13554 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13555 13556 if (DiagID) { 13557 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13558 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13559 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13560 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13561 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13562 Mutable = false; 13563 InvalidDecl = true; 13564 } 13565 } 13566 } 13567 13568 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13569 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13570 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13571 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13572 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13573 13574 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13575 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13576 if (InvalidDecl) 13577 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13578 13579 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13580 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13581 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13582 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13583 } 13584 13585 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13586 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13587 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13588 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13589 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13590 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13591 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13592 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13593 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13594 // objects. 13595 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13596 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13597 } 13598 } 13599 13600 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13601 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13602 // enabled. 13603 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13604 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13605 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13606 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13607 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13608 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13609 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13610 } 13611 } 13612 } 13613 13614 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13615 // representation, not a parser representation. 13616 if (D) { 13617 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13618 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13619 13620 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13621 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13622 } 13623 13624 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13625 // retainable type. 13626 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13627 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13628 13629 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13630 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13631 13632 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13633 return NewFD; 13634 } 13635 13636 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13637 assert(FD); 13638 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13639 13640 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13641 return false; 13642 13643 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13644 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13645 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13646 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13647 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13648 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13649 // copy constructors. 13650 13651 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13652 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13653 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13654 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13655 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13656 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13657 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13658 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13659 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13660 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13661 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13662 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13663 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13664 member = CXXDestructor; 13665 13666 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13667 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13668 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13669 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13670 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13671 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13672 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13673 // members unavailable. 13674 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13675 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13676 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13677 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13678 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13679 return false; 13680 } 13681 } 13682 13683 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13684 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13685 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13686 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13687 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13688 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13689 } 13690 } 13691 } 13692 13693 return false; 13694 } 13695 13696 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13697 /// AST enum value. 13698 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13699 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13700 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13701 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13702 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13703 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13704 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13705 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13706 } 13707 } 13708 13709 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13710 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13711 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13712 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13713 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13714 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13715 13716 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13717 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13718 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13719 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13720 13721 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13722 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13723 13724 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13725 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13726 13727 if (BitWidth) { 13728 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13729 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13730 if (!BitWidth) 13731 D.setInvalidType(); 13732 } else { 13733 // Not a bitfield. 13734 13735 // validate II. 13736 13737 } 13738 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13739 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13740 D.setInvalidType(); 13741 } 13742 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13743 // than a variably modified type. 13744 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13745 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13746 D.setInvalidType(); 13747 } 13748 13749 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13750 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13751 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13752 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13753 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13754 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13755 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13756 return nullptr; 13757 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13758 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13759 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13760 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13761 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13762 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13763 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13764 } 13765 else 13766 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13767 } else { 13768 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13769 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13770 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13771 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13772 return nullptr; 13773 } 13774 } 13775 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13776 } 13777 13778 // Construct the decl. 13779 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13780 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13781 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13782 13783 if (II) { 13784 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13785 ForRedeclaration); 13786 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13787 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13788 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13789 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13790 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13791 } 13792 } 13793 13794 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13795 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13796 13797 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13798 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13799 13800 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13801 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13802 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13803 13804 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13805 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13806 13807 if (II) { 13808 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13809 // these to the interface. 13810 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13811 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13812 } 13813 13814 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13815 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13816 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13817 13818 return NewID; 13819 } 13820 13821 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13822 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13823 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13824 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13825 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13826 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13827 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13828 return; 13829 13830 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13831 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13832 13833 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13834 return; 13835 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13836 if (!ID) { 13837 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13838 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13839 return; 13840 } 13841 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13842 else 13843 return; 13844 } 13845 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13846 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13847 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13848 13849 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13850 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13851 Context.CharTy, 13852 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13853 DeclLoc), 13854 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13855 true); 13856 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13857 } 13858 13859 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13860 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13861 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13862 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13863 13864 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13865 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13866 // it will now change. 13867 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13868 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13869 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13870 default: break; 13871 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13872 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13873 break; 13874 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13875 Context. 13876 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13877 break; 13878 } 13879 } 13880 13881 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13882 13883 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13884 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13885 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13886 if (Record) { 13887 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13888 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13889 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13890 ++NumNamedMembers; 13891 } 13892 } 13893 13894 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13895 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13896 13897 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13898 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13899 i != end; ++i) { 13900 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13901 13902 // Get the type for the field. 13903 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13904 13905 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13906 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13907 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13908 } 13909 13910 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13911 // diagnostics about it. 13912 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13913 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13914 continue; 13915 } 13916 13917 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13918 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13919 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13920 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13921 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13922 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13923 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13924 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13925 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13926 // array. 13927 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13928 // Field declared as a function. 13929 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13930 << FD->getDeclName(); 13931 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13932 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13933 continue; 13934 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13935 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13936 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13937 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13938 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13939 // Flexible array member. 13940 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13941 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13942 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13943 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13944 if (Record->isUnion()) 13945 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13946 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13947 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13948 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13949 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13950 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 13951 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13952 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13953 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13954 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13955 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 13956 13957 if (DiagID) 13958 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13959 << Record->getTagKind(); 13960 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13961 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13962 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13963 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13964 // of the type. 13965 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13966 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13967 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13968 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13969 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13970 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13971 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13972 13973 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13974 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13975 // 13976 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13977 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13978 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13979 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13980 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13981 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13982 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13983 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13984 continue; 13985 } 13986 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13987 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13988 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13989 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13990 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13991 // Incomplete type 13992 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13993 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13994 continue; 13995 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13996 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13997 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13998 // flexible array member. 13999 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14000 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14001 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14002 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14003 // structures. 14004 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14005 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14006 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14007 else { 14008 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14009 // other structs as an extension. 14010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14011 << FD->getDeclName(); 14012 } 14013 } 14014 } 14015 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14016 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14017 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14018 AbstractIvarType)) { 14019 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14020 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14021 } 14022 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14023 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14024 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14025 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14026 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14027 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14028 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14029 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14030 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14031 FD->setType(T); 14032 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14033 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14034 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14035 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14036 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14037 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14038 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14039 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14040 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14041 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14042 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14043 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14044 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14045 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14046 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14047 } 14048 } else { 14049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14050 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14051 } 14052 ARCErrReported = true; 14053 } 14054 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14055 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14056 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14057 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14058 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14059 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14060 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14061 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14062 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14063 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14064 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14065 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14066 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14067 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14068 } 14069 } 14070 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14071 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14072 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14073 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14074 ++NumNamedMembers; 14075 } 14076 14077 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14078 if (Record) { 14079 bool Completed = false; 14080 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14081 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14082 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14083 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14084 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14085 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14086 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14087 } 14088 14089 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14090 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14091 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14092 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14093 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14094 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14095 } 14096 14097 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14098 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14099 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14100 14101 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14102 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14103 // problem now. 14104 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14105 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14106 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14107 14108 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14109 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14110 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14111 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14112 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14113 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14114 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14115 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14116 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14117 continue; 14118 14119 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14120 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14121 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14122 // program is ill-formed. 14123 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14124 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14125 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14126 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14127 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14128 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14129 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14130 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14131 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14132 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14133 14134 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14135 } 14136 } 14137 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14138 Completed = true; 14139 } 14140 } 14141 } 14142 } 14143 14144 if (!Completed) 14145 Record->completeDefinition(); 14146 14147 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14148 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14149 14150 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14151 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14152 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14153 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14154 } 14155 14156 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14157 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14158 // compatibility problems. 14159 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14160 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14161 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14162 } else { 14163 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14164 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14165 CheckForZeroSize = 14166 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14167 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14168 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14169 } 14170 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14171 bool ZeroSize = true; 14172 bool IsEmpty = true; 14173 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14174 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14175 E = Record->field_end(); 14176 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14177 IsEmpty = false; 14178 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14179 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14180 ZeroSize = false; 14181 } else { 14182 ++NonBitFields; 14183 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14184 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14185 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14186 ZeroSize = false; 14187 } 14188 } 14189 14190 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14191 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14192 // extern "C" block. 14193 if (ZeroSize) { 14194 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14195 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14196 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14197 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14198 } 14199 14200 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14201 // but are accepted by GCC. 14202 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14203 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14204 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14205 << Record->isUnion(); 14206 } 14207 } 14208 } else { 14209 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14210 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14211 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14212 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14213 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14214 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14215 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14216 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14217 } 14218 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14219 // duplicates. 14220 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14221 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14222 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14223 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14224 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14225 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14226 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14227 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14228 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14229 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14230 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14231 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14232 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14233 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14234 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14235 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14236 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14237 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14238 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14239 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14240 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14241 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14242 if (IDecl) { 14243 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14244 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14245 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14246 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14247 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14248 continue; 14249 } 14250 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14251 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14252 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14253 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14254 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14255 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14256 continue; 14257 } 14258 } 14259 } 14260 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14261 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14262 } 14263 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14264 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14265 } 14266 } 14267 14268 if (Attr) 14269 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14270 } 14271 14272 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14273 /// the given type T. 14274 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14275 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14276 QualType T) { 14277 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14278 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14279 14280 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14281 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14282 --BitWidth; 14283 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14284 } 14285 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14286 } 14287 14288 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14289 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14290 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14291 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14292 // enum checking below. 14293 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14294 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14295 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14296 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14297 }; 14298 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14299 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14300 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14301 }; 14302 14303 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14304 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14305 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14306 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14307 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14308 return Types[I]; 14309 14310 return QualType(); 14311 } 14312 14313 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14314 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14315 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14316 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14317 Expr *Val) { 14318 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14319 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14320 QualType EltTy; 14321 14322 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14323 Val = nullptr; 14324 14325 if (Val) 14326 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14327 14328 if (Val) { 14329 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14330 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14331 else { 14332 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14333 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14334 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14335 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14336 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14337 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14338 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14339 ExprResult Converted = 14340 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14341 CCEK_Enumerator); 14342 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14343 Val = nullptr; 14344 else 14345 Val = Converted.get(); 14346 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14347 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14348 &EnumVal).get())) { 14349 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14350 } else { 14351 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14352 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14353 14354 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14355 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14356 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14357 // expression checking. 14358 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14359 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14360 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14361 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14362 } else 14363 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14364 } else 14365 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14366 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14367 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14368 .get(); 14369 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14370 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14371 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14372 // is the type of its initializing value: 14373 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14374 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14375 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14376 } else { 14377 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14378 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14379 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14380 // representable as an int. 14381 14382 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14383 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14384 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14385 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14386 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14387 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14388 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14389 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14390 } 14391 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14392 } 14393 } 14394 } 14395 } 14396 14397 if (!Val) { 14398 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14399 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14400 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14401 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14402 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14403 // is the type of its initializing value: 14404 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14405 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14406 // 14407 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14408 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14409 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14410 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14411 } 14412 else { 14413 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14414 } 14415 } else { 14416 // Assign the last value + 1. 14417 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14418 ++EnumVal; 14419 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14420 14421 // Check for overflow on increment. 14422 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14423 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14424 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14425 // is the type of its initializing value: 14426 // 14427 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14428 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14429 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14430 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14431 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14432 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14433 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14434 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14435 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14436 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14437 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14438 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14439 ++EnumVal; 14440 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14441 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14443 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14444 << EltTy; 14445 else 14446 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14447 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14448 } else { 14449 EltTy = T; 14450 } 14451 14452 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14453 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14454 // value, then increment. 14455 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14456 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14457 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14458 ++EnumVal; 14459 14460 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14461 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14462 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14463 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14464 // integral type. 14465 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14466 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14467 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14468 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14469 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14470 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14471 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14472 } 14473 } 14474 } 14475 14476 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14477 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14478 // enumerator's type. 14479 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14480 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14481 } 14482 14483 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14484 Val, EnumVal); 14485 } 14486 14487 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14488 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14489 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14490 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14491 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14492 14493 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14494 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14495 // skip the body. 14496 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14497 ForRedeclaration); 14498 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14499 if (!PrevECD) 14500 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14501 14502 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14503 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14504 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14505 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14506 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14507 return Skip; 14508 } 14509 14510 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14511 } 14512 14513 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14514 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14515 AttributeList *Attr, 14516 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14517 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14518 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14519 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14520 14521 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14522 // we find one that is. 14523 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14524 14525 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14526 // scope. 14527 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14528 ForRedeclaration); 14529 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14530 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14531 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14532 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14533 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14534 } 14535 14536 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14537 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14538 // different from T: 14539 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14540 // enumerated type 14541 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14542 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14543 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14544 14545 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14546 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14547 if (!New) 14548 return nullptr; 14549 14550 if (PrevDecl) { 14551 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14552 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14553 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14554 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14555 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14556 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14557 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14558 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14559 else 14560 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14561 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14562 return nullptr; 14563 } 14564 } 14565 14566 // Process attributes. 14567 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14568 14569 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14570 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14571 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14572 14573 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14574 14575 return New; 14576 } 14577 14578 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14579 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14580 // Element2 = Element1 14581 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14582 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14583 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14584 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14585 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14586 if (!InitExpr) 14587 return true; 14588 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14589 14590 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14591 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14592 return true; 14593 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14594 if (!IL) 14595 return true; 14596 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14597 return true; 14598 14599 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14600 } 14601 14602 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14603 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14604 if (!DRE) 14605 return true; 14606 14607 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14608 if (!EnumConstant) 14609 return true; 14610 14611 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14612 Enum) 14613 return true; 14614 14615 return false; 14616 } 14617 14618 namespace { 14619 struct DupKey { 14620 int64_t val; 14621 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14622 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14623 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14624 }; 14625 14626 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14627 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14628 false); 14629 } 14630 14631 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14632 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14633 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14634 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14635 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14636 } 14637 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14638 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14639 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14640 } 14641 }; 14642 } // end anonymous namespace 14643 14644 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14645 // a previous element has already been set to. 14646 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14647 EnumDecl *Enum, 14648 QualType EnumType) { 14649 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14650 return; 14651 // Avoid anonymous enums 14652 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14653 return; 14654 14655 // Only check for small enums. 14656 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14657 return; 14658 14659 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14660 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14661 14662 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14663 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14664 ValueToVectorMap; 14665 14666 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14667 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14668 14669 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14670 // an initialier. 14671 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14672 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14673 14674 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14675 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14676 if (!ECD) { 14677 return; 14678 } 14679 14680 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14681 continue; 14682 14683 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14684 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14685 14686 // First time encountering this value. 14687 if (Entry.isNull()) 14688 Entry = ECD; 14689 } 14690 14691 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14692 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14693 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14694 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14695 continue; 14696 14697 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14698 14699 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14700 if (Entry.isNull()) 14701 continue; 14702 14703 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14704 // Ensure constants are different. 14705 if (D == ECD) 14706 continue; 14707 14708 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14709 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14710 Vec->push_back(D); 14711 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14712 14713 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14714 Entry = Vec; 14715 14716 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14717 // diagnostics. 14718 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14719 continue; 14720 } 14721 14722 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14723 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14724 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14725 continue; 14726 14727 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14728 } 14729 14730 // Emit diagnostics. 14731 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14732 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14733 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14734 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14735 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14736 14737 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14738 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14739 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14740 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14741 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14742 ++I; 14743 14744 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14745 // the same value. 14746 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14747 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14748 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14749 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14750 delete Vec; 14751 } 14752 } 14753 14754 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14755 bool AllowMask) const { 14756 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14757 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14758 14759 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14760 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14761 14762 if (R.second) { 14763 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14764 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14765 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14766 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14767 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14768 } 14769 } 14770 14771 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14772 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14773 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14774 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14775 // 14776 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14777 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14778 // likely a logic error. 14779 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14780 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14781 } 14782 14783 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 14784 Decl *EnumDeclX, 14785 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14786 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14787 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14788 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14789 14790 if (Attr) 14791 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14792 14793 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14794 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14795 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14796 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14797 if (!ECD) continue; 14798 14799 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14800 } 14801 14802 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14803 return; 14804 } 14805 14806 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14807 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14808 // emit a warning. 14809 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14810 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14811 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14812 14813 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14814 // reverse the list. 14815 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14816 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14817 14818 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14819 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14820 14821 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14822 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14823 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14824 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14825 14826 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14827 14828 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14829 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14830 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14831 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14832 else 14833 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14834 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14835 14836 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14837 if (AllElementsInt) 14838 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14839 } 14840 14841 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14842 QualType BestType; 14843 unsigned BestWidth; 14844 14845 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14846 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14847 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14848 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14849 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14850 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14851 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14852 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14853 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14854 QualType BestPromotionType; 14855 14856 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14857 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14858 // enum definitions. 14859 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14860 Packed = true; 14861 14862 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14863 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14864 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14865 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14866 else 14867 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14868 14869 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14870 } 14871 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14872 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14873 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14874 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14875 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14876 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14877 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14878 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14879 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14880 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14881 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14882 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14883 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14884 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14885 } else { 14886 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14887 14888 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14889 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14890 } else { 14891 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14892 14893 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14894 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14895 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14896 } 14897 } 14898 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14899 } else { 14900 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14901 // all of the enumerator values. 14902 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14903 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14904 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14905 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14906 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14907 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14908 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14909 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14910 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14911 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14912 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14913 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14914 BestPromotionType 14915 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14916 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14917 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14918 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14919 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14920 BestPromotionType 14921 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14922 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14923 } else { 14924 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14925 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14926 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14927 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14928 BestPromotionType 14929 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14930 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14931 } 14932 } 14933 14934 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14935 // the type of the enum if needed. 14936 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14937 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14938 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14939 14940 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14941 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14942 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14943 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14944 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14945 14946 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14947 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14948 14949 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14950 // the enum decl type. 14951 QualType NewTy; 14952 unsigned NewWidth; 14953 bool NewSign; 14954 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14955 !Enum->isFixed() && 14956 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14957 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14958 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14959 NewSign = true; 14960 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14961 // Already the right type! 14962 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14963 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14964 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14965 // enumeration. 14966 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14967 continue; 14968 } else { 14969 NewTy = BestType; 14970 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14971 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14972 } 14973 14974 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14975 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14976 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14977 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14978 14979 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14980 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14981 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14982 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14983 CK_IntegralCast, 14984 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14985 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14986 VK_RValue)); 14987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14988 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14989 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14990 // enumeration. 14991 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14992 else 14993 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14994 } 14995 14996 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14997 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14998 14999 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15000 15001 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15002 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15003 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15004 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15005 15006 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15007 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15008 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15009 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15010 << ECD << Enum; 15011 } 15012 } 15013 15014 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15015 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15016 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15017 } 15018 15019 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15020 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15021 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15022 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15023 15024 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15025 AsmString, StartLoc, 15026 EndLoc); 15027 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15028 return New; 15029 } 15030 15031 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15032 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15033 bool FromInclude = false) { 15034 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15035 15036 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15037 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15038 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15039 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15040 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15041 break; 15042 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15043 break; 15044 } 15045 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15046 } 15047 15048 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15049 DC = DC->getParent(); 15050 15051 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15052 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15053 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15054 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15055 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15056 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15057 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15058 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15059 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15060 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15061 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 15062 } 15063 } 15064 15065 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 15066 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15067 } 15068 15069 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 15070 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15071 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15072 Module *Mod = 15073 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15074 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15075 if (!Mod) 15076 return true; 15077 15078 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15079 15080 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15081 15082 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15083 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15084 // silently ignoring the import. 15085 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 15086 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 15087 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15088 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15089 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15090 15091 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15092 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15093 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15094 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15095 // We need the length to be consistent. 15096 if (!ModCheck) 15097 break; 15098 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15099 15100 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15101 } 15102 15103 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15104 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, 15105 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 15106 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15107 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15108 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15109 TU->addDecl(Import); 15110 return Import; 15111 } 15112 15113 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15114 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15115 15116 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15117 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15118 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15119 // 15120 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15121 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15122 TUKind == TU_Module && 15123 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15124 15125 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15126 15127 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15128 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15129 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15130 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15131 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15132 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15133 DirectiveLoc); 15134 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15135 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15136 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15137 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15138 } 15139 15140 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15141 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15142 } 15143 15144 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15145 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15146 15147 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15148 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15149 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15150 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15151 15152 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15153 } 15154 15155 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15156 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15157 15158 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15159 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15160 "left the wrong module scope"); 15161 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15162 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15163 15164 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15165 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15166 // is now out of date. 15167 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15168 } 15169 } 15170 15171 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15172 Module *Mod) { 15173 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15174 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15175 return; 15176 15177 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15178 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15179 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15180 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15181 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15182 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15183 15184 // Make the module visible. 15185 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15186 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15187 } 15188 15189 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15190 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15191 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15192 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15193 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15194 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15195 LookupOrdinaryName); 15196 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15197 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15198 15199 // If a declaration that: 15200 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15201 // 2) has external linkage 15202 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15203 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15204 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15205 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15206 else 15207 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15208 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15209 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15210 } else 15211 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15212 } 15213 15214 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15215 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15216 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15217 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15218 15219 if (PrevDecl) { 15220 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15221 } else { 15222 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15223 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15224 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15225 } 15226 } 15227 15228 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15229 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15230 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15231 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15232 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15233 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15234 LookupOrdinaryName); 15235 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15236 15237 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15238 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15239 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15240 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15241 } else { 15242 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15243 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15244 } 15245 } 15246 15247 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15248 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15249 } 15250 15251 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15252 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15253 if (!D) 15254 return AR_Available; 15255 15256 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15257 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15258 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15259 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15260 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15261 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15262 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15263 if (R != AR_Available) 15264 return R; 15265 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15266 } 15267 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15268 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15269 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15270 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15271 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15272 } 15273 // Recover from user error. 15274 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15275 } 15276